environmental impact assessment...

283
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN OF MISRILALL MINES PVT. LTD. (FERRO ALLOYS DIVISION) VILLAGE: PANKAPAL, TEHSIL: SUKINDA, DIST: JAJPUR, STATE: ODISHA Expansion of Existing Ferro Alloys Plant for production of either or Combination of High Carbon Ferro Chrome, Ferro Manganese & Sillico Manganese with installation of Additional 4 X 9 MVA Capacity Sub Merged Arc Furnace Prepared by Environmental Research and Services (India) Pvt. Ltd. B-22, Sector – B Chandaka Industrial Estate, Infocity Road Bhubaneswar – 751024, Odisha Tel: 0674- 2725380

Upload: others

Post on 06-May-2020

10 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT &

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

OF

MISRILALL MINES PVT. LTD.

(FERRO ALLOYS DIVISION) VILLAGE: PANKAPAL, TEHSIL: SUKINDA,

DIST: JAJPUR, STATE: ODISHA

Expansion of Existing Ferro Alloys Plant for production of either or Combination of High Carbon

Ferro Chrome, Ferro Manganese & Sillico Manganese with installation of Additional 4 X 9 MVA

Capacity Sub Merged Arc Furnace

Prepared by

Environmental Research and Services (India) Pvt. Ltd. B-22, Sector – B

Chandaka Industrial Estate, Infocity Road Bhubaneswar – 751024, Odisha

Tel: 0674- 2725380

Page 2: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

2

Page 3: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

3

Page 4: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

INDEX SL. NO. CHAPTERS PAGE NO.

PART -A

1 Terms of Reference (ToR) issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. of India, New Delhi and the compliances in EIA/EMP Report.

08-17

2 Public Consultation 17-66

PART - B

1

Introduction 1.1 General 1.2 Purpose of the Report 1.3 Identification of Project & Project Proponent 1.4 Executive Summary of the Report 1.5 Brief Description of Nature, Size & Location of the

Project 1.6 Land Documents 1.7 Photographs of existing and proposed Plant Area 1.8 Statutory Approvals 1.9 Generic Structure of Environmental Impact

Assessment Document 1.10 Litigation/Court case relating to the Project. 1.11 Notice under Section 5 of AP Act, 1986. 1.12 Line Diagram/Flow sheet for the Process & EMP

68-103

2

Project Description 2.1 Type of Project 2.2 Existing Demand – Supply of the Product 2.3 Projected Demand – Supply of the Product and

Need 2.4 Associated Operations of the Project, Technology

Selected and Manufacturing Process Description 2.5 List of Raw Material Requirement & Sources and

Other Utilities 2.6 Manpower Requirement 2.7 Project Implementation Schedule 2.8 Land Use break of Project Area 2.9 Pollution Control Measures 2.10 Statutory Approvals 2.11 General Plant Layout

104-125

4

Page 5: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

SL. NO. CHAPTERS PAGE NO.

3

Description of Environment 3.1 Study Area 3.2 Topography of Study Area, 3.3 Physiographic of Project Area, 3.4 Period of Baseline Data Collection, Components of

Baseline Data & Methodology and Baseline Information on Environmental Components 3.4.1 Land/Soil Environment 3.4.2 Water Environment 3.4.3 Air Environment 3.4.4 Noise Environment 3.4.5 Biological Environment 3.4.6 Demography and Socio Economic

Environment 3.4.7 Site Specific Meteorological Data 3.4.8 Public Utilities

126-214

4

Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures 4.1 Environmental Impacts due to Project Location 4.2 Mitigation Measures 4.3 Prediction of Ground Level Concentration 4.4 Possible Accidents and Its Action Plan

215-234

5 Analysis of Alternatives Sites 235

6

Environmental Monitoring Program 6.1 Monitoring Program 6.2 Post Project Hydro geological Monitoring 6.3 Post Project Plantation Monitoring 6.4 Solid Waste Management Monitoring

236-239

7

Additional Studies 7.1 Public Consultation, 7.2 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan &

Hazard Control 7.3 Social Impact Assessment, R & R Action Plan

240-245

8 Project Benefits 246

5

Page 6: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

SL. NO. CHAPTERS PAGE NO.

9

Environment Management Plan 9.1 Administrative Aspect 9.2 Technical Aspect 9.3 Monitoring and Evaluation Method 9.4 Peripheral Development or Socio-economic

Development Activities 9.5 Plan for implementation of the recommendations in

the CREP guidelines

247-260

10 Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272

11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283

6

Page 7: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

PART - A

7

Page 8: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

1.0 Terms of Reference (ToR) and its Compliances As per the EIA Notification Number S. O. 1533 dated 14th September 2006 and amended thereafter, the project proponent M/s Misrilall Mines Pvt. Ltd., Ferro Alloys Division, submitted an application along with form -1 and proposed Terms of Reference as well with a copy of Pre Feasibility Report for finalization of Terms of Reference (ToR) for preparation of EIA/EMP Report on dated 16th May, 2011. Subsequently, the proposal was considered by the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry -1) in its 26th meeting held on 22nd-23rd July, 2011 and the Terms of Reference (ToR) was issued on 12th August, 2011 vide letter no. J-11011/307/2011-IA-II (I), Government of India, Ministry of Environment and Forests (I. A. Division), New Delhi. The ToR issued by MoEF is given in Exhibit No. 01.

Exhibit No. 01 ToR of MoEF

F. No. J-11011/307/2011-IA-II (I)

Government of India Ministry of Environment and Forests

(I.A. Division) Paryavaran Bhawan

CGO Complex, Lodhi Road New Delhi -110 003

E-mail: [email protected] Tele/fax: 011 - 2436 3973

Dated: 12th August, 2011 To,

M/s Misrilall Mines Pvt. Limited 27 A, Camac Street, Kolkata- 700 016

Fax: 06726- 220233 E-mail: [email protected]

Sub: Expansion of existing Ferro Alloy Plant by installing 4x9 MVA Ferro Alloy Plant

for production of either or combination of High Carbon Ferro Chrome (66,000 MTPA), Ferro Manganese (80,000 MTPA), Sillico Manganese (60,000 MTPA) at Village Pankphal, Tehsil Sukinda, District Jajpur in Odisha by M/s Misrilall Mines Pvt. Limited - regarding TORs

Sir, Kindly refer to your letter no. MMPL/FAD/ENV/MoEF/2011-12/01 dated

16.05.2011 along with Form-I and proposed TORs as per the EIA Notification, 2006. 2. The above proposal was considered by the Expert Appraisal Committee-1 (Industry) in its 26th meeting held on 22nd - 23rd July, 2011 for prescribing TORs for undertaking detailed EIA /EMP study. Based on the information furnished and presentation made by you and your consultant, M/s. Environmental Research and Services (India) Pvt. Ltd., Bhubaneswar, the Committee prescribed the following TORs for preparation of EIA/EMP Report as per the following TORs:

8

Page 9: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

1. Executive summary of the project. 2. Photographs of the existing and proposed plant area. 3. Compliance to the conditions stipulated in the Environmental Clearance /

NOC granted by the SPCB. 4. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment

(Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, compliance to the notice(s)

5. A line diagram/flow sheet for the process and EMP

6. Coal linkage documents 7. Proposal should be submitted to the Ministry for environment clearance only

after acquiring total land. Necessary documents indicating acquisition of land should be included.

8. A site location map on Indian map of 1:10, 00,000 scale followed by 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet with at least next 10 Kms of terrains i.e. circle of 10 kms and further 10 kms on A3/A2 sheets with proper longitude/latitude/heights with min. 100/200 m. contours should be included. 3-D view i.e. DEM (Digital Elevation Model) for the area in 10 km radius from the proposal site.

9. Present land use should be prepared based on satellite imagery. High-resolution satellite image data having 1m-5m spatial resolution like quickbird, Ikonos, IRS P-6 pan sharpened etc. for the 10Km radius area from proposed site. The same should be used for land used/land-cover mapping of the area.

10. Location of national parks / wildlife sanctuary / reserve forests within 10 km. radius should specifically be mentioned. A map showing land use/land cover, reserved forests, wildlife sanctuaries, national parks, tiger reserve etc in 10 km of the project site.

11. A list of industries within 10 km radius of the plant area. 12. Details and classification of total land (identified and acquired) should be

included. 13. Project site layout plan showing raw materials and other storage plans, bore

well or water storage, aquifers (within 1 km.) dumping, waste disposal, green areas, water bodies, rivers/drainage passing through the project site should be included.

14. List of raw material required and source along with mode of transportation should be included. All the trucks for raw material and finished product transportation must be Environmentally Compliant?

15. Quantification & Characterization of solid /hazardous waste & its action plan for management should be included.

16. Mass balance for the raw material and products should be included. 17. Energy balance data for all the components of Ferro alloy plant should be

incorporated.

9

Page 10: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

18. Design details of Ferro Alloy Plant and manufacturing process details should be included.

19. Site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall is necessary.

20. Ambient air quality at 8 locations within the study area of 10 km., aerial coverage from project site with one AAQMS in downwind direction should be carried out including cumulative Impact of the surrounding industries.

21. The suspended particulate matter present in the ambient air must be analyzed for the presence of poly-aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH), i.e. Benzene soluble fraction. Chemical characterization of RSPM and incorporating of RSPM data.

22. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features.

23. Air quality modeling for Ferro alloy plant for specific pollutants needs to be done. APCS for the control of emissions should also be included to control emissions within 50 mg/Nm3.

24. Ambient air quality as per National Ambient Air Quality Emission Standards issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R. No. 826(E) dated 16th November, 2009 should be included.

25. Air Quality Impact Predication Modeling based on ISCST-3 or the latest models.

26. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment should be assessed and provided.

27. An action plan to control and monitor secondary fugitive emissions from all the sources as per the latest permissible limits issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R. 414(E) dated 30th May, 2008.

28. Presence of aquifer/aquifers within 1 km of the project boundaries and management plan for recharging the aquifer should be included.

29. Source of surface/ground water level, site (GPS), cation, anion (Ion Chromatograph), metal trace element (as above) chemical analysis for water to be used. If surface water is used from river, rainfall, discharge rate, quantity, drainage and distance from project site should also be included.

30. Ground water analysis with bore well data, litho-logs, drawdown and recovery tests to quantify the area and volume of aquifer and its management.

31. Permission for the drawl of water should be obtained. Water balance data must be provided.

32. A note on the impact of drawl of water on the nearby River during lean season.

33. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures. 34. Surface water quality of nearby River (60 m upstream and downstream) and

other surface drains at eight locations must be ascertained. 10

Page 11: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

35. If the site is within 10 km radius of any major river, Flood Hazard Zonation Mapping is required at 1:5000 to 1;10,000 scale indicating the peak and lean river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency.

36. Pre-treatment of raw water, treatment plant for waste water should be described in detail. Design specifications may be included.

37. Ground water monitoring minimum at 8 locations and near solid waste dump zone, Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area are essential as also. Ecological status (Terrestrial and Aquatic) is vital.

38. Action plan for solid/hazardous waste generation, storage, utilization and disposal particularly slag from all the sources should also be included.

39. Identification and details of land to be used for all type of slag disposal in the secured land fill as per CPCB guidelines should be included.

40. End use of solid waste and its composition should be covered. Toxic metal content in the waste material and its composition should also be incorporated particularly of slag.

41. Provision of Toxic Chemical Leachbility Potential (TCLP) test for the slag and its end use should be included.

42. Action plan for chrome recovery and its solid waste management plan. 43. Acton plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area should be

included. 44. Detailed description of the flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) should be

given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. 45. Disaster Management Plan including risk assessment and damage control

needs to be addressed and included. 46. Details regarding expected Occupational & Safety Hazards. Protective

measures for Occupational Safety & Health hazards so that such exposure can be kept within permissible exposure level so as to protect health of workers. Health of the workers with special reference to Occupational Health. Plan of exposure specific health status evaluation of workers; pre placement and periodical health status of workers; plan of evaluation of health of workers by pre designed format, chest x ray, Audiometric, Spirometry Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations and plan of monthly and yearly report of the health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

47. At least 5 % of the total cost of the project should be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan should be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

48. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures should also be included.

49. Public hearing issues raised and commitments made by the project proponent on the same should be included separately in EIA/EMP Report in

11

Page 12: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

the form of tabular chart with financial budget for complying with the commitments made.

50. Any litigation pending against the project and / or any direction / order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof.

3. It was decided that TORs prescribed by the Expert Appraisal Committee-1

(Industry) should be considered for preparation of EIA / EMP report for the above mentioned project in addition to all the relevant information as per the ?Generic Structure of EIA? given in Appendix III and IIIA in the EIA Notification, 2006. The draft EIA/EMP report shall be submitted to the Orissa State Pollution Control Board for public hearing. The issues emerged and response to the issues shall be incorporated in the EIA report. The final EIA report shall be submitted to the Ministry for obtaining environmental clearance.

4. The TORs prescribed shall be valid for a period of two years for submission of

the EIA/EMP along with Public hearing proceedings.

Yours faithfully,

(Dr. P. L. Ahujarai) Scientist -F

Copy to :- The Chairman, Orissa State Pollution Control Board, Paribesh Bhawan, A/118, Nilakantha Nagar, Unit-VIII, Bhubaneswar ?751012

(Dr. P.L. Ahujarai) Scientist -F

1.1 Brief Note Confirming Compliance of the ToR Points in the

text of EIA Report with Cross reference of the Relevant Sections / Pages of the EIA Report

All the points mentioned in the ToR issued are addressed in the said EIA report. The references of those points as and where addressed in the text of the report are given below with a brief note. ToR Point No. 1: It is regarding executive summary of the project. It is given in Chapter 1 Clause No. 1.4 and page no.70. ToR Point No. 2: It is regarding submission of photographs of the existing and proposed plant area. Photographs of different divisions and areas of the existing plant are given in clause no. 1.7, page nos. 80 and 81. ToR Point No. 3: Compliance to the conditions stipulated in the Environmental Clearance / NOC granted by the SPCB is furnished in Clause no. 1.8.3.1 and page no 93 to 100.

12

Page 13: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

ToR Point No. 4: The unit so far has not received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts. Thus its compliance is not applicable hence not included in the text of the EIA Report. ToR Point No. 5: A line diagram/flow sheet for the process and EMP is given in Diagram No. 01 in Page No. 103.

ToR Point No. 6: A Coal linkage document of the said assignment is not required hence not included in the text. ToR Point No. 7: It is regarding submission of proposal to the Ministry for environment clearance only after acquiring total land. The Company has already acquired the total land of 49.36 acres. Actually this expansion proposal is proposed to be established within the existing premises of the Company. Necessary documents indicating acquisition of land are included in Clause No. 1.6. Page No. 76 to 79. ToR Point No. 8: It is regarding inclusion of site location map on Indian map of 1:10,00,000 scale followed by 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet with at least next 10 Kms of terrains i.e. circle of 10 kms and further 10 kms on A3/A2 sheets with proper longitude/latitude/heights with min. 100/200m. Contour and 3-D view i.e. DEM (Digital Elevation Model) for the area in 10 km radius from the proposal site. At present 1:10, 00,000 scales Indian Map is not available at Survey of India office. 1:50,000 scale map is given both on A3 Sheet (Page No.128, 129 and 130). ToR Point No. 9: It is regarding preparation of Present land use based on satellite imagery. High-resolution satellite image data having 1m-5m spatial resolution like quickbird, Ikonos, IRS P-6 pan sharpened etc. for the 10Km radius area from proposed site. The same should be used for land use/land-cover mapping of the area. Land Use map is prepared based on satellite Imagery and also considering the topographical features of the area. It is given under clause no. 3.4.6, page no. 196 and 197. ToR Point No. 10: Location of national parks / wildlife sanctuary / reserve forests within 10 Km. radius is mentioned. A map showing land use/land cover, reserved forests, wildlife sanctuaries, national parks, tiger reserve etc in 10 Kms. of the project site is given in Map No.18, page no. 194. ToR Point No. 11: A list of industries within 10 km radius of the plant area is given in Table No. 66 under clause no. 3.4.8, page no. 214. ToR Point No. 12: Regarding details and classification of total land (identified and acquired) have been given in EIA/EMP Report under clause no. 1.6. in Page No. 76 to 79. ToR Point No. 13: Project site layout plan showing raw materials and other storage plans, bore well or water storage, aquifers (within 1 km.) dumping, waste disposal, green areas, water bodies, rivers/drainage passing through the project site have been in given in Diagram No. 07, Page No. 125.

13

Page 14: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

ToR Point No. 14: Regarding list of raw material required and source along with mode of transportation have been included in the report under Clause no. 2.5, Page no. 116. All the trucks for raw material and finished product transportation will be Environmentally Compliant. ToR Point No. 15: Regarding Quantification & Characterization of solid /hazardous waste & its action plan for management have been given in Page No. 124. ToR Point No. 16: Mass balance for the raw material and products has been given in Table No. 06, Page No. 116. ToR Point No. 17: Energy balance data for all the components of Ferro alloy plant has been incorporated in Table no. 07, Page No. 117. ToR Point No. 18: Design details of Ferro Alloy Plant and manufacturing process details included in the report and given under Clause No. 2.4, Page No. 109 to 115. ToR Point No. 19: Site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall have been given in Clause no. 3.4.7, Page No. 204 to 213. ToR Point No. 20: Ambient air quality at 8 locations within the study area of 10 km., aerial coverage from project site with one AAQMS in downwind direction have been carried out including cumulative Impact of the surrounding industries. The details are given in Clause no. 3.4.3, Page no.173 to 183. ToR Point No. 21: The suspended particulate matter present in the ambient air has been analyzed for the presence of poly-aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH), i.e. Benzene soluble fraction. Chemical characterization of RSPM and incorporating of RSPM data has been given in Clause no. 3.4.3.1, Page No. 184 & 185. ToR Point No. 22: Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. The data given in Clause no. 4.3, Page no. 224 to 232. ToR Point No. 23: Air quality modeling for Ferro alloy plant for specific pollutants has been done. APCS for the control of emissions has been included to control emissions within 50 mg/Nm3. The details are given in Clause No. 4.3 in Page No. 224 to 232 and Clause No. 9.2.2, Page No. 249 & 250. ToR Point No. 24: Regarding Ambient air quality as per National Ambient Air Quality Emission Standards issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R. No. 826(E) dated 16th November, 2009 have been included. ToR Point No. 25: Regarding Air Quality Impact, Prediction Modeling has been based on ISCST-3, the latest models. The data given Clause no. 4.3, page No. 224 to 232. ToR Point No. 26: Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment has been assessed and provided in Clause No. 4.1.4, Page No. 217.

14

Page 15: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

ToR Point No. 27: An action plan to control and monitor secondary fugitive emissions from all the sources as per the latest permissible limits issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R. 414(E) dated 30th May, 2008 has been given in Clause No. 4.2.2, Page No. 220 to 222. ToR Point No. 28: Presence of aquifer/aquifers within 1 km of the project boundaries and management plan for recharging the aquifer has been included in Clause no. 3.4.2.4, Page No. 165 to 172. ToR Point No. 29: Source of surface/ground water level, site (GPS), cation, anion (Ion Chromatograph), metal trace element (as above) chemical analysis for water to be used. If surface water is used from river, rainfall, discharge rate, quantity, drainage and distance from project site has been included in Clause no. 3.4.2.4, Page No. 165 to 172. ToR Point No. 30: Ground water analysis with bore well data, litho-logs, drawdown and recovery tests to quantify the area and volume of aquifer and its management has been given in Clause no. 3.4.2.4, Page No. 165 to 172. ToR Point No. 31: Permission for the drawl of water will be obtained from Central Ground Water Board. Water balance data has been provided in Page no. 118 & 119. ToR Point No. 32: A note on the impact of drawl of water on the nearby River during lean season has been given in Clause no. 4.1.3, Page no. 217. ToR Point No. 33: Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures has been given under Clause No. 9.2.5, Page No. 252 to 257. ToR Point No. 34: Surface water quality of nearby River (60 m upstream and downstream) and other surface drains at eight locations have been ascertained and given in Page No. 146 to 155. ToR Point No. 35: The site is within 10 km radius of Major River, but it is not Flood Hazard area. Zonation Mapping is required at 1:5000 to 1:10,000 scale indicating the peak and lean river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency are given under Clause No. 3.4.2 , Page No. 135 to 142. ToR Point No. 36: Regarding pre-treatment of raw water, treatment plant for waste water has been described in detail. Design specifications has been included and given under Clause No. 4.2.2.5, Page No. 222. ToR Point No. 37: Ground water monitoring minimum at 8 locations and near solid waste dump zone, Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area are essential as also. Ecological status (Terrestrial and Aquatic) is vital. The details are given in Page No. 156 to 164 and Page No. 165 to 172. ToR Point No. 38: Action plan for solid/hazardous waste generation, storage, utilization and disposal particularly slag from all the sources have been given in the report at Page no. 251 & 252. ToR Point No. 39: Identification and details of land to be used for all type of slag disposal in the secured land fill as per CPCB guidelines have been included in the report and given in Page No. 252 under Clause No. 9.2.3. ToR Point No. 40: End use of solid waste and its composition has been covered. Toxic metal content in the waste material and its composition has been incorporated particularly of slag in the report under Clause no. 4.2.2.9, Page no.222.

15

Page 16: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

ToR Point No. 41: Provision of Toxic Chemical Leachability Potential (TCLP) test for the slag and its end use has been included under clause no. 4.2.2.8, page no. 222. ToR Point No. 42: Action plan for chrome recovery and its solid waste management plan given in Clause no. 4.2.2.10, page no. 223. ToR Point No. 43: Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area has been included in the report and given in clause no. 9.2.4, page no. 252. ToR Point No. 44: Regarding detailed description of the flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) have been given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species under clause no. 3.4.5, page no. 189 to 194. ToR Point No. 45: Disaster Management Plan including risk assessment and damage control has been addressed and included in the report under clause no. 7.2, page no. 240. ToR Point No. 46: Details regarding expected Occupational & Safety Hazards. Protective measures for Occupational Safety & Health hazards so that such exposure can be kept within permissible exposure level so as to protect health of workers. Health of the workers with special reference to Occupational Health. Plan of exposure specific health status evaluation of workers; pre placement and periodical health status of workers; plan of evaluation of health of workers by pre designed format, chest x ray, Audiometric, Spirometry Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and any other occular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations and plan of monthly and yearly report of the health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety. The details are given under clause no. 7.2, page no. 240 to 244. ToR Point No. 47: At least 5 % of the total cost of the project should be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan should be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon. The details are given in clause no. 9.4, page no. 258 & 259. ToR Point No. 48: Regarding the cost of the project (capital cost and recurring cost) for environmental pollution control measures are given in Chapter 01, page no. 73 of this EIA report under clause no. 1.4. ToR Point No. 49: Regarding public hearing points to be raised and commitment of the project proponent on the same along with time bound action plan to implement the same with financial allocation has been given in Clause No. 2 under Part – A, Page No. 17 to - 66. ToR Point No. 50: Regarding details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, it is to be mentioned here that, there is no such litigation or legal case pending against the project. It has been described in Chapter 01, Clause No. 1.10, in Page no. 102 of this EIA report.

16

Page 17: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Besides the above, the below mentioned general points are followed while preparing this EIA / EMP Report

a. TORs prescribed by the Expert Appraisal Committee-1 (Industry) have been considered for preparation of EIA / EMP report for the above mentioned project in addition to all the relevant information as per the Generic Structure of EIA, given in Appendix III and IIIA in the EIA Notification, 2006.

b. The draft EIA/EMP report was submitted to the State Pollution Control Board, Odisha for conduct of public hearing.

c. The issues emerged and responses to the issues have been incorporated in the EIA report.

d. The final EIA report is submitting to the Ministry for obtaining environmental clearance.

e. The TORs prescribed was valid for a period of two years for submission of the final EIA/EMP along with Public hearing proceedings. Subsequently the validity of ToR has been extended for a period of one year w.e.f 11.08.2013.

General: This EIA report called as the final EIA (as per the generic structure prescribed in Appendix-III of the EIA Notification, 2006) covering the above mentioned issues. The details of Public Hearing have also been incorporated in this report for obtaining environmental clearance in accordance with the procedure prescribed under the EIA Notification, 2006 and amended thereafter.

2.0 Public Consultation The Public Hearing in respect of project proposed by Ferro Alloys Division of M/s Misrilall Mines Private Limited for expansion of existing Ferro Alloys Plant by installing 4 X 9 MVA Ferro Alloys Plant for production of either or combination of High Carbon Ferro Chrome, Ferro Manganese and Silico Manganese at Pankapal village, Sukinda Tahasil of Jajpur district, Odisha, was held on 02/07/2014 at 11.00 AM at Danagadi Bhawan in Danagadi village in accordance with the Ministry of Environment & Forest, Govt. of India EIA Notification No. S. O. 1533 (E) dated 14th September, 2006 and amended thereafter. As per the above notification, notice inviting comments, views, objection and suggestions from the Public in respect of the above project was published in newspapers namely “The Times of India” daily English and “Dharitri” daily Odia. The notification regarding the conduct of Public Hearing is given in Exhibit No. 02 & 03.

17

Page 18: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Exhibit No. 02

18

Page 19: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Exhibit No. 03

19

Page 20: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

The proceeding of the Public Hearing is given in Exhibit No. 04.

Exhibit No. 04

20

Page 21: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

21

Page 22: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

22

Page 23: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

23

Page 24: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

24

Page 25: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

25

Page 26: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

26

Page 27: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

The list of Participants attended during the Public Hearing is given in Exhibit No. 05.

Exhibit No. 05

27

Page 28: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

28

Page 29: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

29

Page 30: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

30

Page 31: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

31

Page 32: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

32

Page 33: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

33

Page 34: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

34

Page 35: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

35

Page 36: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

36

Page 37: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

37

Page 38: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

The written statement submitted by the participants during the Public Hearing is given in Exhibit No. 06.

Exhibit No. 06

38

Page 39: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

39

Page 40: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

40

Page 41: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

41

Page 42: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

42

Page 43: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

43

Page 44: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

44

Page 45: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

45

Page 46: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

46

Page 47: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

47

Page 48: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

48

Page 49: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

49

Page 50: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

50

Page 51: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

51

Page 52: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

52

Page 53: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

53

Page 54: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

The Statement of issues raised by the public and commitment of the Applicant during Public Hearing is given in Exhibit No. 07

Exhibit No. 07

54

Page 55: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

55

Page 56: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

56

Page 57: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

57

Page 58: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

58

Page 59: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

59

Page 60: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

60

Page 61: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

61

Page 62: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

62

Page 63: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

63

Page 64: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

64

Page 65: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

65

Page 66: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

66

Page 67: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

PART - B

67

Page 68: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Chapter – 1 Introduction 1.1 General Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) study is a process, used to identify the environmental, social and economical impacts of a project in its vicinity prior to decision-making as well establishment of the said project. It is a decision-making tool, which guides the decision makers in taking appropriate decisions for proposed projects. It aims predicting environmental impacts at an early stage of project planning and design, find ways and means to reduce adverse impacts, shape projects to suit the local environment and present the predictions and options to decision makers. By using EIA, both environmental and economic benefits can be achieved. EIA systematically examines both beneficial and adverse consequences of the proposed project and ensures that these impacts are taken into account during the very beginning of any project. By considering environmental effects and mitigation, early in the project planning stage, there are many benefits, such as protection of the environment, optimum utilization of resources and saving overall time and cost of the project. Properly conducted EIA also lessens conflicts while promoting community participation and in the process it alerts decision-makers in formulating the base for environmentally sound projects and also helps in formulating a workable Environmental Management Plan (EMP) required for smooth implementation of all environmental safeguard schemes. The Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India, had made Prior Environmental Clearance (EC) for certain development projects mandatory through its notification dtd. 27/01/1994 under the Environment Protection Act, 1986. Keeping in view of the experience gained in environmental clearance processes over a period of more than one decade, the MoEF has made some amendments and came out with Environment Impact Notification, SO 1533(E), on dt.14/09/2006. It has been made mandatory to obtain prior environmental clearance for different kinds of developmental projects enlisted in the Schedule-1 of the said notification. The notification has broadly classified projects under two categories - A and B. Category - A Projects (including expansion and modernization of existing projects) require Prior EC clearance from Central Government (Ministry of Environment and Forest, Govt. of India) while category - B projects are considered by State Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), constituted with the approval of MoEF.

As per the EIA Notification of 14th September 2006 and its amendment dated 1st December, 2009, the present Ferro Alloys expansion project comes under the category “A” for which the TOR as described briefly in the following paragraphs for preparation of EIA is issued by the ministry, and the said letter is given in the following section. EIA is required for conduct of Public Hearing. There after the Environmental Clearance will be considered by the MoEF for the said Ferro Alloys expansion project.

68

Page 69: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

1.2 Purpose of the Report The Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Government of India had under the Environmental (Protection) Act 1986 promulgated a notification on 27 January, 1994 and amended thereafter from time to time. As per the last EIA Notification vide document No. of MoEF No. S. O. 1533 dated. 14th September 2006 this proposed project requires prior Environmental Clearance. The proposed project is the expansion of existing Ferro Alloys Plant by installation of additional 4 x 9 MVA Ferro Alloys Plant for production of either or combination of High Carbon Ferro Chrome (66,000 MTPA), Ferro Manganese (80,000 MTPA), Sillico Manganese (60,000 MTPA) at village Pankphal, Tehsil- Sukinda, District – Jajpur in Odisha by M/s Misrilall Mines Pvt. Ltd., Ferro Alloys Division. As per the size as well as project activity of the proposed project, it comes under screening category “A”. For the purpose of prior environmental clearance, preparation of this report (Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan) as per approved ToRs is required for conduct of Public Hearing. Hence, the purposes of preparing this report on behalf of the company whose details are described here after in the subsequent sections. This EIA is prepared, as per the ToR issued by MoEF, Government of India vide Letter No. J-11011/3072011-IA-II (I) dated 12th August, 2011. 1.3 Identification of Project & Project Proponent It is an expansion project having existing 1 X 4.5 MVA capacity Submerged Arc Furnace (SAF) and proposed expansion with installation of additional 4 X 9 MVA Submerged Arc Furnace(SAF) for production of either or the combination of High Carbon Ferro Chrome, Ferro Manganese and Silico Manganese. It is promoted by M/s Misrilall Mines Private Limited having its factory at Pankphal, PS- Kalinga Nagar, Dist – Jajpur and its Registered Office at Mineral House, 27A, Camac Street, Kolkata – 700016. The company has its Ferro Alloys Plant located in village Pankphal, PS Kalinga Nagar, Dist: Jajpur, Odisha where the said expansion will take place. The plant area is 49.36 acres and there is no forest land. The Company has already installed one number of 4.5 MVA capacities SAF for manufacturing of HCFeCr. This plant is operating successfully. The company has Environmental Clearance for the existing facility. In order to increase its capacity to 40 MVA the company has embarked on an expansion plan and intends to install another four numbers of SAF each of capacity 9 MVA. In order to have product flexibility and keeping in view the ongoing demand supply scenario, the Company will use the same facility fully or partially to manufacture Ferro Alloys like High Carbon Ferro Chrome, Ferro Manganese and Silico Manganese. The company already has Iron ore lease in Jharkhand State and Chromite Mines in Odisha State.

69

Page 70: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Proposed proposal of Misrilall Mines Pvt. Ltd., Ferro Alloys Division is identified as primary Metallurgical Industry and is categorized under 3(a) of schedule of Industries (Category ‘A’) as per EIA Notification No. S. O. 1533 dated 14th September 2006 and amended thereafter. 1.4 Executive Summary of the Project It is an expansion project having existing 1 X 4.5 MVA capacity Submerged Arc Furnace (SAF) and proposed expansion with additional 4 X 9 MVA Submerged Arc Furnace(SAF) for production of either or the combination of High Carbon Ferro Chrome, Ferro Manganese and Silico Manganese. It is promoted by M/s Misrilall Mines Private Limited having its factory at Pankphal, PS- Kalinga Nagar, Dist – Jajpur and its Registered Office at Mineral House, 27A, Camac Street, Kolkata – 700016. The plant area is 49.36 acres and there is no forest land. Brief Description of Nature of the Project: M/s Misrilall Mines Pvt. Ltd has Mining Leases of Chrome ore in Sukinda area which they have been operating profitably since 1954. The extent of lease area is 246.858 Hects. The balance estimated deposit as on 01.04.2010 is around 3.0 million tone of average grade of +48% Cr2O3 which is suitable for production of High Carbon Ferro Chrome. Considering the proposed raising capacity of 0.35 MTPA of chrome ore, within a year time they will be able to produce 61,800 TPA High Carbon Ferro Chrome which works out to 5150 T per month, equivalent to 172 MT/day. To obtain this quantity of production considering a thumb rule of 4.3T/MVA production in 24 hrs they have to have an installed capacity of 40 MVA Submerged Arc furnaces (SAF) which can produce High Carbon Ferro Chrome or Ferro Manganese or Silico Manganese. Need of the Project: India’s steel production capacity is going to increase manifold in the coming years. The per capita consumption of steel is only 49 kg in our country compared to world average of 182 kg. In addition various steps have been taken to increase domestic steel consumption. India is the 5th largest crude steel producer in the world and is expected to become the second largest by 2015-16. India continues to maintain its lead position as the world's largest producer of direct reduced iron (DRI) or sponge iron during January-December 2010. 222 MoUs have been signed with various States for planned capacity of around 276 million tonne. In order to have product flexibility keeping in view the demand supply scenario and contribution the company will use the same facility fully or partially to manufacture Ferro Alloys like High Carbon Ferro Chrome, Ferro Manganese and Silico Manganese, etc. Export Possibility: The Company have plan for export of High Carbon Ferro Chrome, Ferro Manganese and Silico Manganese. There is a huge market for both domestic and export for the High Carbon Ferro Chrome, Ferro Manganese and Silico-Manganese. However, the project proponent is targeting only domestic market at present. Employment Generation (Direct and Indirect) Due to the Project: The Plant would operate for about 330 days in a year. The estimated requirement of employment is about 480 employees (both direct and indirect) to operate the plant.

70

Page 71: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Size or Magnitude of Operation: The proposed project will be able to produce either or combination of 66,000 TPA of High Carbon Ferro Chrome or 80,000 TPA of Ferro Manganese or 60,000 TPA of Sillico Manganese. Project Description with Process: The manufacturing process or the flow chart for production of High Carbon Ferro Chrome, Ferro Manganese and Silico Manganese are given below with a brief description of Ferro Alloys and its type. Ferro Alloys: Ferroalloys are alloys of iron with chromium, manganese or silicon. Ferro Alloys are produced by smelting the ore which contains one or more of the said elements so as to impart its properties to the alloy. Ferroalloys are essential additives in steel making (particularly stainless steel) for imparting desired properties of steel to suit varying applications. It can be said that no steel can be made without use of one or more of the several Ferro Alloys. Within each of these ferroalloy products there are variants which classified based on the extent of carbon present in that alloy. The variants observed under each of these product categories are explained in this section. Generally Ferro Alloys are used as deoxidizers and alloy additives in the steel manufacturing. Thus the Industry is categorized into two main groups. Bulk Ferro Alloys: These include products like Ferro Chrome Charge chrome mainly used in stainless steel making and Ferro Manganese, Ferro Silicon used by Alloy steel producers. Noble Ferro Alloys: These include Ferro Molybdenum, Tungsten and Vanadium which find application in steel making. By using different ferroalloys and those having different carbon concentration levels, various steel products are obtained. High Carbon Ferro Chrome: Percentage of Chromium in Ferrochrome can vary between 50-75%. Ferrochrome is classified into three categories as below, based on its carbon content. Low Carbon Ferro Chrome, which has Carbon content in between 0.025% to 0.1%. Medium Carbon Ferro Chrome, wherein the Carbon content is in between 0.1% to 4%. High Carbon Ferro Chrome, wherein the Carbon content is in between 6% to 8%. Ferro Manganese: Percentage of Manganese in Ferro Manganese is between 65-75%. The ferroalloy is classified into the following two grades on the basis of its carbon content: Low Carbon Ferro Manganese is where Carbon content is around 0.5%. High Carbon Ferro Manganese is where Carbon content is 6%-8%. Ferro Manganese, a bulk ferroalloy, is a key ingredient for steel making. Around 90% of world manganese ore production is used by the steel industries. Silico Manganese: Silico manganese (SiMn) is, as the name suggests, a ferroalloy with high contents of manganese and silicon. It is manufactured by heating a mixture of the oxides which are manganese oxide (MnO2), silicon dioxide (SiO2), and iron oxide Fe2O3 with carbon in a furnace wherein these undergo a thermal decomposition reaction. Silico-Manganese is used as a deoxidizer and an alloying element in steel. The standard grade Silico manganese contains 14 to 16% of silicon, 65 to 68% of manganese and 2% of carbon. The low carbon grade SiMn has carbon level/content from 0.05 to 0.10 %.

71

Page 72: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Raw Material Requirement: The basic raw is Chrome Ore which will be sourced from Captive Mines of the company located at Sukinda valley. In emergency when lumpy ore from captive mines will not be available it will be purchased from other mines in the locality or from the traders. Besides Chrome Ore, other raw materials like, Molasses, Hydrated Lime, Coke Carbon Paste and Quartz will be purchased from Local market. The existing plant as well as proposed expansion will use ground water. The necessary permission for drawl of ground water has been obtained from the Central Ground Water Authority. The plant will also use the rain water through Rain Water Harvesting Plan. About 120 KL/day of water will be required for process cooling including sprinkling purpose to suppress the dust. About 5KL/day of potable water will be consumed for drinking & other purpose. The plant has a dedicated 132KV Double Circuit line from Old Duburi Substation from an Independent bay. The plant has a contract demand of 20 MVA and can increase it to 40 MVA in view of availability. The plant is located midway between old Duburi Sub Station and New Duburi Substation of Orissa Power Transmission Corporation Ltd (OPTCL). Solid Waste: The solid waste generated will be in the form of slag. The quantity of slag will be 55000 TPA. Solid Waste Management: Slag would be collected at the point of production, which are not hazardous in nature and hence it is being used in construction of Roads, filling of low laying areas, etc. Dust from Bag Filter of Submerged arc furnace and tapping process will be collected, stored in storage yards and disposed for use in briquette manufacturing units. Slag generated will be dumped in the secured landfill within the plant premises. Plant has enough area for disposal of slag. Solid waste like waste cottons, empty bags, rejected gaskets, empty bottles, waste jerry cans, scrap steel structures and rejected spares of process equipments etc, generated may have scrap value and shall be disposed off with price realization. Used oil will be disposed to authorized reprocessing units having valid authorization from Odisha State Pollution Control Board.

Land Form, Land Use and Land Ownership: The total land of 49.36 Acres is owned by the project proponent. The present land use is industrial. Existing Infrastructure: Availability of Chrome Ore is in the mines located at Sukinda valley which is very near to the project site. Kalinga Nagar Steel complex where major users of Ferro Alloys like M/s VISA Steel, Jindal Stainless, Nilachal Ispat Nigam, MESCO are existing having their steel manufacturing units. Besides these large scale industries there are many other medium size conversion units exists. Jajpur Road which is at 20 km long and connected by all weather roads. The nearest railhead is also Jajpur Road at a distance of 20 Km. The other major inputs of raw material like Coke will be available from the steel plants and a number of Coke plants situated nearby. Quartz is available in the vicinity of Kalinga Nagar as there is a number of Quartz deposits located nearby. The plant is located midway between old Duburi Sub Station and New Duburi Substation of Odisha Power Transmission Corporation Ltd (OPTCL). Availability of Ground Water as well as IDCO water line supplying water to all major industrial units in Kalinga Nagar and Duburi area from

72

Page 73: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

the nearby Brahmani River where IDCO has established its own pumping station. The plant is located on the Paradip-Daitary Express highway and is 100KMs from Paradip port. The national Highway No.5 is located at a distance of 35kms from the plant. Two Bulk goods handling station viz. Jakhapura and Sukinda Road are located within a radius of 7 kms. In view of this, transportation of finished goods and raw material is very easy. Climate data from Secondary Sources: The climate of the study area in general is hot and humid. Average annual maximum temperature is 38.40C. April is the hottest month with mean daily maximum temperature of 440C. The precipitation in the monsoon season ranges between 700-900 mm. Sometimes the bay depressions and cyclones cross over this area affecting weather and causing wide spread rains. The annual average relative humidity is 65% but it shoots up to 90% during the monsoon period. Wind speed is generally light in monsoon seasons. Predominant wind direction in the study area for all seasons except post monsoon is NNE. Population Projection: Present population in the district as a whole is 1623000 as per 2001 Census report. Growth rate is around 2%. Green Belt: 33% of the total area will be covered under plantation. The local species will be selected for plantation. Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R & R Plan): The said expansion proposal of Ferro Alloys Plant will be established within the existing plant premises of the Company. The land has already been converted into Industrial Use. No settlements exist within the project area. Few settlements are exists beyond 1 Km distance from the Project site. The villagers are living with their own Patta. No R & R Policy of Govt. of Odisha will be required to be adopted. However, CSR activities will be adopted by the Project proponent. Project Schedule & Cost Estimate: The project will be completed in a period of 12 months. The zero date will be considered as the date on which EC is obtained. The company has already appointed consultants, contractors for the project and their detailed Engineering activities including approval of drawings are in process. The company will be financing the expansion project budgeted at Rs.75.00 crores from its own internal accruals without any borrowing. Financial and Social Benefits: The project will bring improvements in the physical and social infrastructures in the area definitely to some extent, apart from providing direct employment, contractual employment and indirect employment and mostly from the local community due to the operations of the project. 1.5 Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project M/s Misrilall Mines Pvt. Ltd has Mining Lease of Chrome ore as mentioned above which they have been operating profitably since 1954. Their Chromite mining lease is located at village Saruabil, PS- Kaliapani, Dist-Jajpur, Orissa. The extent of lease area is 246.585 Hects. The balance estimated deposit is 3 million tonne of average grade of +48% Cr2O3 which is suitable for production of High Carbon Ferro Chrome. Their approved raising as per Environmental Clearance is 1.36 lacs tone/annum and obtained TOR for 3.5 lacs MT of Chrome ore production. Therefore, they have adequate Chrome ore reserves for production of 13, 63,600 MT of High Carbon Ferro

73

Page 74: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Chrome (HCFeCr) of 60% Cr grade. Considering the raising capacity of 1.36 lacs MTA, they will be able to produce 61,800 MTA High Carbon Ferro Chrome which works out to 5150 MT per month, equivalent to 172 MT/day. To obtain this quantity of production considering a thumb rule of 4.3MT/MVA production in 24 hrs, they have to have an installed capacity of 40 MVA Submerged Arc furnaces (SAF) which can produce High Carbon Ferro Chrome or Ferro Manganese or Silico Manganese.

The company has its Ferro Alloys Plant existing, located in village Pankphal, PS Kalinga Nagar, Dist: Jajpur, Odisha where the said expansion will also take place. The plant area is 49.36 acres. The Company has installed one 4.5 MVA capacity SAF for manufacturing of HCFeCr. This plant is operating successfully. The company has required Consent to Operate for the existing facility. In order to increase its capacity to 40 MVA the company has embarked on an expansion plan and intends to install another four numbers of SAF each of capacity 9 MVA. In order to have product flexibility keeping in view the demand supply scenario, the Company will use the same facility fully or partially to manufacture Ferro Alloys like High Carbon Ferro Chrome or Ferro Manganese or Silico Manganese. The company already has Iron ore lease in Jharkhand State and Chromite Mines in Odisha State. The proposed project is for manufacturing/production of either or combination of High Carbon Ferro Chrome, Ferro Manganese or Silico Manganese with 4 X 9 MVA Sub Merged Arc Furnace as follows.

1. High Carbon Ferro Chrome = 66,000 MTPA 2. Ferro Manganese = 80,000 MTPA 3. Silico Manganese = 60,000 MTPA

Location: The proposed project will be established within the existing plant premises of the Company at village- Pankphal, PS- Kalinga Nagar, Tehsil- Sukinda in Jajpur District of Orissa State. The said project can be located in the Survey of India Toposheet No. 73L/1. The location of said project is demarcated in the Topo sheet as shown in the following Map No. – 01

74

Page 75: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No. 01 (Index Map)

75

Page 76: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

1.6 Land Documents All plant facilities including all utilities of the proposed project are to be installed in the existing plant premises of the Proponent. The total land for this existing and proposed expansion is 49.36 acres in total. This land has been owned by the project proponent. The present land use is industrial. The original land schedule is given in Exhibit No. 08.

Exhibit No. 08

76

Page 77: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

77

Page 78: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

78

Page 79: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

79

Page 80: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

1.7 Photographs of Existing and Proposed Plant Area The photographs of the project site are given below in Photograph No. 01 to 03.

Photo No. 01

Photographs of Existing Plant Premises

Photo No. 02 Photographs of Existing Plant Premises

80

Page 81: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Photo No. 03 Photographs of Proposed Plant Area

1.8 Statutory Approvals 1.8.1 Environmental Clearance The Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Government of India had under the Environmental (Protection) Act 1986 promulgated a notification on 27 January, 1994 and amended thereafter from time to time. As per the last EIA Notification vide document No. of MoEF No. S. O. 1533 dated. 14th September 2006 this proposed project requires prior Environmental Clearance. The existing 1 X 4.5 MVA SAF was constructed under EIA Notification 1994 where it was mandatory to obtain the Environmental Clarence if the cost of the project exceeds 100 crores of Rupees. As the project cost of the existing unit was under Rs. 100.00 Crores and thus obtaining Environmental Clearance was not applicable. However, the existing unit has obtained required Consent to Establish and subsequently Consent to Operate from State Pollution Control Board, Odisha.

81

Page 82: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

1.8.2 Consent to Establish

The Company has installed one 4.5 MVA capacity SAF for manufacturing of HCFeCr with valid Consent to Establish Order from the State Pollution Control Board, Odisha. The annual production capacity was from 3,500 TPA to 15,000 TPA. The said Consent to Establish Order is shown in the Exhibit No. 09.

Exhibit No. 09

82

Page 83: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

1.8.3 Consent to Operate

This plant is operating successfully with valid Consent to Operate order from State Pollution Control Board, Odisha. The validity of Consent to Operate Order for existing facilities was up to 31.03.2015. The copy of the said order is given in Exhibit no. 10.

Exhibit no. 10

Consent to Operate Order

83

Page 84: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

84

Page 85: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

85

Page 86: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

86

Page 87: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

87

Page 88: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

88

Page 89: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

89

Page 90: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

90

Page 91: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

91

Page 92: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

92

Page 93: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

1.8.3.1 Status of Compliance Report of the conditions stipulated under Consent to Operate issued by OSPCB.

Table No. 01

Sl. No General Conditions Stipulated in the Consent to Operate Order Compliances

01

The consent is given by the Board in consideration of the particulars given in the application. Any change or alteration or deviation made in actual practice from the particulars furnished in the application will also be the ground liable for review / variation / revocation of the consent order under section 27 of the Act of Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and section 21 of Air (Prevention & control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and to make such variations is deemed fit for the purpose of the Acts.

No Change or alteration has been made in the actual practice from the particulars furnished in the application.

02

The Industry would immediately submit revised application for consent to operate to this Board in the event of any change in the quantity and quality of raw material / and products / manufacturing process or quantity / quality of the effluent rate of emission / air pollution control equipment / system etc.

No change in status.

03

The applicant shall not change or alter either the quality or quantity or the rate of discharge or temperature or the route of discharge without the previous written permission of the Board.

No change in status.

04

The application shall comply with and carry out the directives / orders issued by the Board in this consent order and at all subsequent times without the previous written permission of the Board.

The Company agrees with the condition.

05

The applicant shall make an application for grant of fresh consent at least 90 days before the date of expiry of this consent order.

The Company will apply before stipulated time.

06

The issuance of this consent does not convey any property right in either real or personal property or any exclusive privileges nor does it authorize any injury to private property or any invasion of personal rights, nor any infringement of Central, State laws or regulation.

Not Applicable

93

Page 94: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

07

This consent does not authorize or approve the construction of any physical structure or facilities or the undertaking of any work in any natural water course.

The Company agrees with the condition and follows strictly.

08

The applicant shall display this consent granted to him in a prominent place for perusal of the public and inspecting officers of this Board.

The consent order has been posted in separate Board and displayed in the office for the perusal of the public and inspecting officer of pollution board.

09 An inspection book shall be opened and made available to Board's Officers during the visit to the factory.

An inspection book has been kept for the inspecting authority.

10

The applicant shall furnish to the visiting officer of the Board any information regarding the construction, installation or operation of the plant or of effluent treatment system / air pollution control system / stack monitoring system any other particulars as may be pertinent to preventing and controlling pollution of Water / Air.

The Company follow the instruction strictly

11

Meters must be affixed at the entrance of the water supply connection so that such meters are easily accessible for inspection and maintenance and for other purposes of the Act provided that the place where it is affixed shall in no case be at a point before which water has been taped by the consumer for utilization for any purposes whatsoever.

Flow-meter is affixed at the inlet of the water supply.

12

Separate meters with necessary pipe-line for assessing the quantity of water used for each of the purposes mentioned below :

a) Industrial cooling, spraying in mine pits or boiler feed

b) Domestic purpose c) Process

Yes, Complied.

13

The applicant shall display suitable caution board at the place where the effluent is entering into any water-body or any other place to be indicated by the Board, indicating therein that the area into which the effluents are being discharge is not fit for the domestic use / bathing.

Not Applicable

14

Storm water shall not be allowed to mix with the trade and / or domestic effluent on the upstream of the terminal manholes where the flow measuring devices will be installed.

Strom water collected separately in water reservoir and reused.

94

Page 95: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

15

The applicant shall maintain good house-keeping both within the factory and the premises. All pipes, valves, sewers and drains shall be leak-proof. Floor washing shall be admitted into the effluent collection system only and shall not be allowed to find their way in storm drains or open areas.

Good housekeeping practices are maintained.

16

The applicant shall at all times maintain in good working order and operate as efficiently as possible all treatment or control facilities or systems install or used by him to achieve with the term(s) and conditions of the consent.

The Company maintains good working order.

17

Care should be taken to keep the anaerobic lagoons, if any, biologically active and not utilized as mere stagnation ponds. The anaerobic lagoons should be fed with the required nutrients for effective digestion. Lagoons should be constructed with sides and bottom made impervious.

Not Applicable

18

The utilization of treated effluent on factory’s own land, if any should be completed and there should be no possibility of the effluent gaining access into any drainage channel or other water courses either directly or by overflow.

The treated effluent channelized separately.

19

The effluent disposal on land, if any, should be done without creating any nuisance to the surroundings or inundation of the lands at any time.

No effluent is discharged on land after treatment.

20

If at any time the disposal of treated effluent on land becomes incomplete or unsatisfactory or create any problem or becomes a matter of dispute, the industry must adopt alternate satisfactory treatment and disposal measures.

Not Applicable

21 The sludge from treatment units shall be dried in sludge drying beds and the drained liquid shall be taken to equalization tank.

Not Applicable

22

The effluent treatment units and disposal measures shall be dried in sludge drying beds and the drained liquid shall be taken to equalization tank.

Not Applicable

23

The applicant shall provide port holes for sampling the emissions and access platform for carrying out stack sampling and provide electrical outlet points and other arrangements for chimneys / stacks and

Two Nos. port holes for sampling and power supply points with other arrangement for chimney and stacks monitoring.

95

Page 96: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

other sources of emissions so as to collect samples of emission by the Board or the applicant at any time in accordance with the provisions of the Act or Rules made therein.

24

The applicant shall provide all facilities and render required assistance to the Board staff for collection of samples / stack monitoring / inspection.

The Company follows the condition strictly.

25

The applicant shall not change or alter either the quality or quantity or rate of emission or install, replace or alter the air pollution control equipment or change the raw material or manufacturing process resulting in any change in quality and / or quantity of emissions, without the previous written permission of the Board.

The Company follows the condition strictly.

26

No control equipments or chimney shall be altered or replaced or as the case may be erected or re-erected except with the previous approval of the Board.

The Company agrees with condition and follows strictly.

27

The liquid effluent arising out of the operation of the air pollution control equipment shall be treated in the manner and no ion of standards prescribed by the Board in accordance with the provisions of Water (Prevention & control of Pollution) Act, 1974 (as mentioned)

No liquid effluent arising in air pollution control equipment.

28 The stack monitoring system employed by the applicant shall be opened for inspection to this Board at any time.

The Company agrees with the condition and follows strictly.

29 There shall not be any fugitive or episodal discharge from the premises.

Fugitive or episodal discharge as per stipulated standard.

30

In case of such episodal discharge / emissions the industry shall take immediate action to bring down the emission within the limits prescribed by the Board in conditions / stop the operation of the plant. Report of such accidental discharge / emission shall be brought to the notice of the Board within 24 hours of occurrence.

The Company follows the condition strictly.

31

The applicant shall keep the premises of the industrial plant and air pollution control equipments clean and make all hoods, pipes, valves, stacks / chimneys leak proof. The air pollution control equipments, location, inspection chambers, sampling port holes shall be made easily accessible at all times.

The Company agrees with the condition and follows strictly.

96

Page 97: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

32

Any upset condition in any of the plant / plants of the factory which is likely to result in increased effluent discharge / emission of air pollutants and /or result in violation of the standards mentioned above shall be reported to the Headquarters and Regional office of the Board by fax /speed post within 24 hours of its occurrence.

The Company follows the condition strictly.

33

The industry has to ensure that minimum three varieties of trees are planted at the density of not less than 1000 trees per acre. The trees may be planted along boundaries of the industries or industrial premises. The plantation is stipulated over and above the bulk plantation of trees in that area.

Total plantation planted in plant : 3000 Nos.

34

The solid waste such as sweeping, wastage packages, empty containers residues, sludge including that from air pollution control equipments collected within the premises of the industrial plants shall be disposed off scientifically to the satisfaction of the Board so as not to cause fugitive emission, dust problems through leaching etc. of any kind.

Proper care has been taken against fugitive emission dust problem.

35

All solid wastes arising in the premises shall be properly classified and disposed off to the satisfaction of the Board by :

i) Land fill in case of inert material, care being taken to ensure that the material does not give rise to leachate which may percolate into ground water or carried away with storm run-off.

ii) Controlled incineration, wherever

possible in case of combustible organic material.

iii) Composting, in case of bio-degradable material.

Solid waste after classification is disposed off as under :

1. Pure slag – Land filling 2. Metal touching – Stocked

on a paved platform with toe wall, garland drain & taken to an ETP for treatment.

36

Any toxic material shall be de-toxicated if possible, otherwise be sealed in steel drums and buried in protected areas after obtaining approval of this Board in writing. The de-toxication or sealing and burying shall be carried out in the presence of Board’s authorization person only. Letter of authorization shall be obtained for handling and disposal of hazardous wastes.

Hazardous waste will be disposed through authorized agency by O.S.P.C.B.

97

Page 98: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

37

If due to any technological improvement or otherwise this Board is of opinion that all or any of the conditions referred to above requires variation (including the change of any control equipment either in whole in part) this Board shall after giving the applicant an opportunity of being heard, vary all or any of such condition and thereupon the applicant shall be bound to comply with the conditions so varied.

The Company agrees with this condition.

38

The applicant, his / heirs / legal representatives or assignees shall have no claim whatsoever to the condition or renewal of this consent after the expiry period of this consent.

The Company agrees with this condition.

39

The Board reserves the right to review, impose additional conditions or condition, revoke change or alter the terms and conditions of this consent.

The Company agrees with this condition.

40

Notwithstanding anything contained in this conditional letter of consent, the Board hereby reserves to it the right and power under section 27 (2) of the Water (prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 to review any and / or all the conditions imposed herein above and to make such variations as deemed fit for the purpose of the Act by the Board.

The Company agrees with this condition.

41

The conditions imposed as above shall continue to be in force until revoked under section 27 (2) of the Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and Section 21A of Air (Prevention & Control Pollution) Act, 1981

The Company agrees with this condition.

42

In case the consent fee is revised upward during this period, the industry shall pay the differential fees to the Board (for the remaining years) to keep the consent order in force. If they fail to pay the amount within the period stipulated by the Board the consent order will be revoked without prior notice.

The Company agrees to pay additional amount.

43

The Board reserves the right to revoke / refuse consent to operate at any time during period for which consent is granted in case any violation is observed and to modify / stipulate additional conditions as deemed appropriate.

The Company agrees with this condition.

98

Page 99: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Sl. No Special Conditions Compliances

01 Industry Shall restrict the production level of Ferro Alloys within the consented capacity.

The production level Ferro Alloys is within the Consented capacity.

02

The unit shall operate the GCP System during operation of furnace and particulate matter emission shall not exceed 100 mg/Nm3.

GCP system is operating properly during operation of furnace and the particulate matter emission is always below 100 mg/Nm3.

03 Internal roads shall be made concreted and water sprinkling shall be provided to minimize fugitive emission.

All the internal roads are concreted. Cooling water is completely re-circulated. Adding make –up water by softener at the time of softening, generated water is stored in a tank, that water is used for sprinkling on roads for dust suppression (fugitive emission).

04

The backside Kuchha road of Furnace area shall be made concreted within six months from the date of grant of this Consent Order.

The backside Kuchha road of Furnace area is under construction which will be completed within six months.

05

The Unit shall install dry fog systems at all material feeding & transfer points within three months for effective control of fugitive dust emissions and hence to maintain better ambient air quality.

Under Process

06 Dry fog system shall be provided at feeder hopper of Briquetting plant to control fugitive emission.

Under Process

07 Dry fog system shall be provided at feeder hopper of Briquetting plant to control fugitive emission.

Under Process

08 Water sprinkling system shall be provided at feeding point of screening plant to control fugitive emission.

Under Process

09

All raw materials such as Chrome Ore & Chrome Ore Fines , Coke and other raw materials shall be stored under covered shed to prevent wash out/wind borne.

A big covered shed is provided to store Chrome Ore & Chrome Ore fines, Coke and other raw materials.

10 Slag shall be dispose of in earmarked area within plant premises.

Slag is disposed in earmarked area within plant premises.

11 Bag filter dust shall be collected and reused in the briquetting plant. The same shall not be disposed to outside.

The Bag Filter dust is not disposed outside. The same is collected and reused in briquetting plant.

99

Page 100: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

12

The unit shall provide collection cum settling tank for treatment of soft water regeneration and treated effluent shall be reused for dust suppression.

Water generated from softener etc. Is stored in a tank (collection cum settling tank). These water is used for sprinkling on roads and other dust generating areas.

13 Garland drain followed by settling tank shall be constructed around slag storage area to prevent washouts during rain.

Garland drain followed by settling tank is under construction.

14

The effluent generated from metal recovery plant shall be treated in settling tanks and reused in the jigging process with makeup water in a closed circuit.

Agreed.

15 Cooling water from the plant shall be completely recycled with makeup water in a closed circuit.

Compiled

16 Domestic effluent from plant building shall be discharged to soak pit via septic tank constructed as per BIS specification.

Septic tanks are constructed as per BIS Specification. All the domestic effluent from plant buildings is discharged to soak pit via these septic tanks.

17 The unit shall explore the use of rainwater harvesting to maximum extended to reduce drawl of ground water.

The rain water recharging pits are under construction.

18 Unit shall install water meters at intake & at different consumption points to access actual water consumption by the unit.

To measure actual consumption of water, water meters are installed at different consumption points.

19 The unit shall provide thick green belt all along its periphery & submit the data to the Board.

An existing green belt was found around the periphery of the plant. Different tree along with shrubs are planted around its periphery.

20 The unit shall apply authorization under Hazardous Waste (MHTM) Rule, 2008 to the Board.

Applied for the same.

21

The industry shall submit a declaration by 30th April every year that all the pollution control devises / measures taken are in good condition and are being maintained properly, the emissions and effluent are conforming to the prescribed standard, and all the consent have been complied with.

It is followed.

22 Unit shall have to submit the Environmental Statement to the Board to the Board by 31st December of every year.

It is being followed.

23

The Board reserves the right to revoke/refuse consent at any time during this period in case any violation is observed and to modify /stipulate additional conditions as deemed appropriate.

We abide by the conditions.

100

Page 101: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

1.9 Generic Structure of Environmental Impact Assessment Document

The terms of reference of the EIA Study of the said project is governed by the ToR issued by the EAC as mentioned above. All points listed in the said ToR issued are covered in different sections of this EIA Report in different chapters. This EIA is based on one season base line data collection as per ToR. A brief outline of areas covered in this EIA is given here under.

PROJECT DESCRIPTION – Chapter –2 In this chapter the detailed description of the proposed project, such as the type of the project, need for the project, project location, layout, project activities are explained. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT – Chapter –3 This chapter covers baseline environmental data and its analysis with respect to the project area which is the core area and the buffer area of the study area. IMPACT ANALYSIS AND MITIGATION MEASURES – Chapter – 4 This chapter describes the anticipated impacts on the environment and its mitigation measures. The method of assessment of impacts including modeling techniques adopted to assess the impacts is described. Details of the impacts on the baseline parameters, and the mitigation measures to be implemented are also given. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES SITES – Chapter – 5 This chapter explains regarding the possibility of alternate site selection. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM – Chapter – 6 This chapter outlines the planned environmental monitoring program including the technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures proposed.

ADDITIONAL STUDIES – Chapter – 7 This chapter covers the details of the additional studies required in addition to those specified in the ToR. The subject identified by the proponent, subjects identified by the regulatory authority, subjects identified by the public and other stakeholders, Risk Analysis & Disaster Management Plan, Natural Resource Conservation and Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R&R) are the main area covered in this chapter.

PROJECT BENEFITS – Chapter – 8 This chapter describes the benefits that the project is going to provide to the locality, neighborhood, region and nation as a whole.

Details of benefits by way of improvements in the physical infrastructure, social infrastructure, employment potential and other tangible benefits are also discussed.

101

Page 102: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN – Chapter – 9 Environmental Management Plan (EMP), which includes the administrative and technical setup, summary matrix of EMP, the cost involved to implement the EMP and provisions made towards the same including the environmental policy of the company as a whole proposed conceptual-monitoring scheme is also described in this chapter. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS – Chapter –10 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS – Chapter -11

1.10 Litigation/Court case, if any, pending relating to the project

There is neither any litigation nor any court cases against the project proponent with respect to the said project or against the Company as on date.

1.11 Notice under Section 5 of EP Act, 1986

There is no notice under the section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Act against the project proponent with respect to the said project or against the Company as on date.

1.12 Line diagram/flow sheet for the process and EMP A line diagram/ flow sheet of the manufacturing process and Environmental Management in the plant are given in Diagram No. 01.

102

Page 103: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

103

Page 104: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Chapter – 2 Project Description

2.1 Type of Project The proposed project is the expansion of existing 1 X 4.5 MVA capacity Submerged Arc Furnace. The proposed expansion proposal is for manufacturing/production of either or combination of High Carbon Ferro Chrome, Ferro Manganese or Silico Manganese by installation of 4 X 9 MVA Sub Merged Arc Furnace as follows.

1. High Carbon Ferro Chrome = 66,000 MTPA 2. Ferro Manganese = 80,000 MTPA 3. Silico Manganese = 60,000 MTPA

2.2 Existing Demand – Supply of the Product Demand: Global production of Stainless steel, which consumes about 95% of chrome ore, increased from 24.3 MMT in 2005 to 28.4 MMT in 2006, due to which the demand for ferrochrome during this period grew from 7.0 MMT to 7.5 MMT. Due to the global recession stainless steel production further declined to 24.6 MMT by 2008 resulting in a lower consumption of ferrochrome to 6.8 MMT in 2008. Demand for ferrochrome during 2005-09 grew at a CAGR (Compound Annual Growth Rate) of 3.4%. But stainless steel has shown recovery in 2009 with increase in production quantities quarter-to-quarter and has improved the global demand scenario. Supply: Global installed capacity of ferrochrome stood at about 9.8 MMTPA during 2009, with an average utilization of 60% during the same period at 5.8 MMT. It is to be noted that despite sustained levels of stainless steel production in 2009, the overall ferrochrome production was lower due to the import restrictions in China during last quarter of 2009. Compared to growing imports by China, on the other hand, coincidentally South Africa - the largest producer of ferrochrome, has been facing power supply shortage in the recent years, resulting in stagnant production capabilities. Hence it is compelled to export un-beneficiated chrome ore resulting in a geographical shift in global demand and supply scenario of ferrochrome. The global chrome ore reserves are about 11 billion tones against which about 24.4 million tones have been extracted. Globally South Africa, Zimbabwe and Kazakhstan account for more than 95% of ore reserves and hence those countries became the highest producers of ferrochrome globally. Also India’s increase in export duty of chrome ore has led to focus on indigenous ferrochrome production, which shall boost the requirement in capacity enhancement in India. Demand-Supply Gap: Looking at the scenario in the year 2009, it is noted that there was a supply deficit as the demand was 6.7 MMT against the supply of 5.8 MMT. This shortfall was made up through normalizing the inventory levels which had increased, due to stock pileups in 2007 and 2008. Hence there is a demand-supply mismatch which needs to be addressed in the global market.

104

Page 105: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Domestic Scenario- HC Ferro Chrome: Domestic demand for ferrochrome stood at about 0.54 MMT during 2009-10. Domestic demand for ferrochrome witnessed a CAGR of about 5.14 % during 2005-10. According to IFAPA Ferrochrome contributes 40% to total Ferro Alloys demand. Supply : Although the licensed capacity of chromium alloys plants is 1.30 MMTPA, the active operational plants account for 1.06 MMTPA of installed capacity as of 2009-10. Considering this capacity, the capacity utilization was around 75% during 2009-10. Production stood at 0.79 MMTPA out of which 0.50 MMT was exported during 2009-10. The net domestic supply considering imports was around 0.4 MMTPA. Ferrochrome trade: India’s exports of ferrochrome have shown an increasing trend over the recent years and the quantities are quite large in comparison to the imports. Conclusion: Global Demand of Ferrochrome was estimated at 6.7 MMT during 2009. Global installed capacity of Ferrochrome stood at about 9.8 MMTPA during 2009 with a capacity utilization of 60%. Global scenario indicates clearance of earlier piled up inventories due to which the supply (6.74 MMT) was more than the production (5.83 MMT) in 2009. At this juncture, with revival in Stainless Steel Industry, new additions may be envisaged globally. The global industry dynamics pose a gradual shift in production bases, with power shortages in South Africa and imposition of higher export duties in few other countries. Domestic demand for Ferrochrome stood at about 0.54 MMT during 2009-10. Installed capacity of chromium alloys during 2009-10 was 1.06 MMTPA. Industry witnessed an average capacity utilization of 75% during 2009-10. Exports play a major role in India’s ferrochrome industry with 0.5 MMT against the 0.79 MMT productions going towards export. 2.3 Projected Demand – Supply of the Product and Need of the

Project. Performance of the HC Ferrochrome is directly linked with the performance of its major end user - Stainless Steel industry. A brief overview of the market for stainless steel has been presented in this section. Global Stainless Steel Industry: Against growing competition from alternative materials like aluminium and plastics, stainless steel remains the only choice where corrosion resistance properties are required. As production of stainless steel is dependent on ferrochrome the need for ferrochrome has grown in tandem with the demand for stainless steel. The signs of recovery in global economy, and the drop in the current inventory levels, will optimistically improve the utilization levels of stainless steel and consequently ferrochrome producers and also led to augmentation of capacities. This industry is cyclical in nature and has indicated peaks and troughs over a period of every 3-4 years. It is expected that as compared to the stainless steel production levels in 2008 and 2009, stainless steel production shall grow at a CAGR of 7% during 2010-18.

105

Page 106: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Alloy Steel: Both, domestic demand and production of alloy steel have improved owing to rapid industrialization and development of high technology industries. Some of the major demand drivers for stainless steels are – Upcoming projects in chemicals, petrochemicals and oil and gas. Boom in infrastructure sector including housing. Increased per capita income leading to higher demand for steel in household

sector. Taking a conservative approach, it anticipates a growth rate of 8% during 2010-18 for Alloys Steel. Global HC Ferro Chrome Demand: Based on the projected performance of end-user segment, the HC Ferrochrome growth rate has been computed. A conservative approach has been taken for estimating the demand of Ferrochrome. Table No. 02 represents the projected growth rate of Ferro chrome during 2010-18.

Table No. 02

HC Ferro Chrome Projected Growth Rate - Global

Sl. No Particulars % Share

Growth Rate

01 Stainless Steel 90% 7%

02 Alloy Steel 9% 8%

03 Others 1% 5%

Total 100% 7% Source: MM Estimate

Supply : As per the secondary sources, a capacity addition of 0.8 MMT is envisaged in HC Ferrochrome segment. Based on the discussions carried out in the earlier sections, it is apparent that Ferrochrome production is significantly driven by the production of its key end-users. Projected Demand-Supply: The detailed demand – supply gap in the Global HC Ferro Chrome market during 2010-20 is indicated in the Table No. 03.

106

Page 107: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. 03 Projected Ferro Chrome Demand Supply Gap- Global

(Million Tones) Year Demand Capacity Utilization Supply Gap 2010 8.56 9.54 75% 7.16 1.40 2011 9.16 10.07 75% 7.55 1.61 2012 9.80 10.57 80% 8.45 1.35 2013 10.49 10.84 80% 8.67 1.82 2014 11.22 10.84 80% 8.67 2.55 2015 12.01 10.84 80% 8.67 3.34 2016 12.85 10.84 80% 8.67 4.18 2017 13.75 10.84 80% 8.67 5.08 2018 14.71 10.84 80% 8.67 6.04 2019 15.74 10.84 80% 8.67 7.07 2020 16.84 10.84 80% 8.67 8.17

Source: MM Estimate From the above table the following have been concluded. The demand for Ferrochrome is projected to grow at a CAGR of 7% during

2010-20 and is likely to reach 16.8 MMT by 2020. Supply indicated above is arrived at a production capacity of 10.84 million by

2013 and an average utilization of 80%. Timely capacity additions likely to take charge of the improving demand. Regulatory constraints for Ore exports and power infrastructure constraints

in some global regions will lead to better export opportunities for India which shall led to capacity enhancements.

Domestic Demand: Based on performance of end-user sectors, the growth rate of HC Ferro Chrome has been tabulated. The Table No. 04 represents the projected growth rate of Ferro Chrome for the period 2010-18.

Table No. 04 HC Ferro Chrome Projected Growth Rate - Domestic

Sl. No Particulars % Share

Growth Rate

01 Stainless Steel 90% 7%

02 Alloy Steel 9% 8%

03 Others 1% 7% Total 100% 7%

Source: MM Estimate

107

Page 108: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

From the Table No. 04, the followings have been noted down; Demand for HC Ferro Chrome in India is significantly driven by demand in

stainless steel industry. HC Ferrochrome market is projected to grow at a CAGR of 7% during 2010-18 As mentioned earlier, South African Ferrochrome industry is facing power

supply shortfall and has envisaged power capacity enhancements, but this would take about 3-4 years. Also as India’s ore exports will be restricted, more ore would be available for domestic production of on ferroalloys.

Supply: From the secondary sources, it is noted that, overall about 0.1 MMT capacity enhancement through various projects are under implementation with Sri Vasavi Industries and Rohit Ferro are envisaging increasing their present capacities. The projects are likely to be completed and commence operations by 2012. Capacity enhancements to the tune of 0.1 MMT are announced and likely to be operational by 2012. Projected Demand- Supply Gap: The detailed demand-supply gap in the domestic HC Ferro Chrome market during 2010-21 is indicated in the in the Table No. 05.

Table No. 05 Projected Ferrochrome Demand Supply Gap - Domestic

(All figures in million tons)

Year Domestic Exports Capacity Utilization Supply Imports Gap

2010-11 0.58 0.49 1.16 0.75 0.87 0.02 0.19

2011-12 0.62 0.53 1.24 0.75 0.93 0.02 0.19

2012-13 0.66 0.56 1.31 0.75 0.98 0.03 0.22

2013-14 0.71 0.60 1.41 0.80 1.13 0.03 0.16

2014-15 0.76 0.64 1.41 0.80 1.13 0.03 0.25

2015-16 0.81 0.69 1.41 0.80 1.13 0.03 0.35

2016-17 0.87 0.74 1.41 0.80 1.13 0.03 0.45

2017-18 0.93 0.79 1.41 0.80 1.13 0.03 0.56

2018-19 0.99 0.84 1.41 0.80 1.13 0.03 0.68

2019-20 1.06 0.90 1.41 0.80 1.13 0.03 0.81

2020-21 1.14 0.97 1.41 0.80 1.13 0.03 0.95 Source: MM Estimate

From the above table the followings have been concluded;

108

Page 109: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

The demand supply gap during the first three years is considered at 75% utilization levels. This scenario is expected to change in the subsequent years due to increased demand for stainless steel in domestic as well as export markets.

The demand of HC Ferro Chrome likely to reach 1.14 MMT by 2021. The gap is likely to increase from 0.19 MMT in 2010-11 to 0.95 MMT by 2020-

21. Timely capacity additions likely to take charge of the improving demand

capacity enhancements and will facilitate export opportunity for Ferro chrome producers.

Conclusions: Global HC Ferro Chrome demand is projected to grow at a CAGR of 7.00%

during 2010-20. The global demand of HC Ferro Chrome likely to reach 16.8 MMT by 2020. Domestic HC Ferro Chrome demand is projected to grow at a CAGR of 7%

during 2010-21. Capacity additions of about 0.1 MMT are on the anvil. The domestic demand

of HC Ferrochrome is likely to reach 1.14 MMT by 2021. Since the demand-supply gap likely to emerge only from 2013-14 onwards,

the proponent has to keenly focus on export market for sale of major portion of HC Ferrochrome production prior to this period.

2.4 Associated Operations of the Project, Technology Selected

and Manufacturing Process Description Ferro Alloys- Alternatives Processes Ferro Alloys with different base elements can be manufactured by adopting alternate technologies, which vary primarily with respect to type of furnace used. The generally used furnace types for different ferroalloys are:

• Submerged electric arc furnace (SAF)

• Exothermic (metallothermic) reaction furnace and

• Electrolytic cell As per industry best practices, it is noted that SAF is the most suitable route for production of High Carbon Ferrochrome (HCFC) and the project proponent also has selected this route for this project, as it is relatively more economical as compared to the other processes. Submerged Electric Arc Furnace Smelting in an electric arc furnace is accomplished by conversion of electrical energy to heat. An alternate current applied to the electrodes causes’ current to flow through the charge between the tips of the electrodes. This provides a reaction zone at

109

Page 110: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

temperatures up to 2000ºC. The tip of each electrode changes polarity continuously as the alternating current flows between the tips. To maintain a uniform electric load, electrode depth is continuously varied atomically by mechanical or hydraulic means. The lower part of the SAF is composed of a cylindrical steel shell with a flat bottom or hearth. The interior of the shell is lined with two or more layers of carbon black. The furnace shell is water cooled to protect it from process heat. A water-cooled cover and fume collection hood are mounted over the furnace shell. Normally, three carbon electrodes arranged in a triangular formation, extend through the cover and into the furnace shell opening. Prebaked or self-baking (Soderberg) electrodes ranging from 76 to over 100 centimeters (30 to over 40 inches) in diameter are typically used. Raw materials are sometimes charged to the furnace through feed chutes from above the furnace. The surface of the furnace charge, which contains both molten material and unconverted charge during operation, is typically maintained near the top of the furnace shell. The lower ends of the electrodes are maintained at about 1 to 2 meters (3 to 7 feet) below the charge surface. The schematic picture of Submerged Arc Furnace is given below in Diagram No. 02.

Diagram No. 02

Submerged Arc Furnace

2.4.1 High Carbon Ferrochrome Production Process The submerged arc process is a reduction smelting operation. The manufacturing process is as shown in Diagram No. 03.

110

Page 111: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Diagram No. 03 High Carbon Ferro Chrome Manufacturing Process

Charging: The reactants consist of metallic (chrome) ore and a carbon-source reducing agent, usually in the form of coke, low-volatility coal or wood chips. Limestone may also be added as a flux material. Raw materials are crushed, sized, and some cases, dried, and then conveyed to a mix house for weighing and blending. Conveyors, buckets, skip hoists, or cars transport the processed material to hoppers above the furnace. The mix is then gravity-fed through a feed chute either continuously or intermittently, as needed. Smelting: Three-phase electric current arcs are formed from electrode to electrode through the charge material. Power is applied continuously. The carbonaceous

111

Page 112: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

material in the furnace charge reacts with oxygen in the metal oxides of the charge and reduces them to base metals. The reactions produce large quantities of carbon monoxide (CO), which passes upward through the furnace charge. In the further reaction, this carbon monoxide gets converted into carbon dioxide (CO2). Feed materials may be charged continuously or intermittently. Tapping / Pouring: The molten metal and slag are released through a tapping process. One or more tap holes extending through the furnace shell at the hearth level. Tap holes are opened with pellet shot from a gun, by drilling or by oxygen lancing. The molten metal and slag flow from the tap hole into a carbon-lined trough, then into a carbon-lined runner which directs the metal and slag into a ladle, ingot moulds, or chills (chills are low, flat, iron or steel pans that provide rapid cooling of the molten metal). Tapping is generally an intermittent process based on production rate of the furnace and may vary between 1-5 hour intervals. Tapping typically lasts 10 to 15 minutes. In some cases, tapping is done continuously. After tapping is completed the furnace is resealed by inserting a carbon paste plug into tap hole. Chemistry adjustments may be necessary after furnace smelting to achieve a specified product. During tapping, slag is skimmed from the surface of the molten metal and the metal is transferred to the ladles for pouring into moulds. The slag can be disposed of in landfills, or used as a raw material in a furnace to produce a chemically related some ferroalloy product. Tapping and post tapping operations can be carried out using a mechanized system, which supports following processes:

Tap hole installation at proper locations and with refractory lining around tap holes. This helps in ease in repair of tap hole and more suitable tapping platform.

Drilling to tap hole prior to oxygen lancing using a Drilling machine. Closing of the tap hole using a Mud gun. Receptacles of floating slag on hot metal prior to casting. Casting of alloy in safe, economical and environmentally acceptable

manner achieving compact structure or metal. This can be achieved by using variable speed casting machine and water showers for metal solidification.

Product car tub. Crushing, sizing and handling of finished product.

After cooling and solidifying, the large ferroalloy castings may be broken with drop weights or hammers. The broken ferroalloy pieces are then crushed, screened (sized) and stored in bins until dispatch. In some instances, the alloys are stored in lump form in inventories prior to sizing for dispatch. Metal Recovery Plant : The ferroalloy slag consist some portion of valuable ferroalloy material which can be obtained in a directly saleable condition and can be sold at reasonably good market rates as compared to the main ferroalloy product. The Metal Recovery Plant is being used to recover this portion of metal from slag. Certain portion of slag is conveyed to Metal Recovery Plant (MRP) wherein it is crushed as to extract good quality Ferrochrome from the slag waste. This process involves the following three steps;

112

Page 113: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

• Crushing and screening of metal containing slag.

• Separation of metal from slag.

• Re-crushing of middling to realize additional metal. The process flow of Metal Recovery Plant is given in Diagram No. 04.

Diagram No. 04 Ferro Chrome Metal Recovery Plant

Crushing and Screening: This circuit produces a crushed slag having a narrow size distribution, which would aid the metal liberation in further stages. Cone crushers are used to maximize shear at metal-slag interfaces. Wherever possible, the multiple cycles of crushing are maintained in a close circuit so that the minimum crushed size is achieved. To minimize fines, the reduction ratios are maintained as low as possible. Separation of Metal from Slag: This involves two – stage recovery jigging process; known as the ‘Coarse Jigging’ and ‘Fine Jigging’. During the course jigging stage, the cut density is set with an aim to recover clean metal and not with a focus on recovery. The coarse fraction is crushed to have an output in the form of saleable coarse alloy. An under-bed air pulsated jig with a float control system is on the discharge gates. A hydro-dynamically stable float is positioned in the jigging bed. Later during the Fine Jigging, the cut density is lowered to focus on recovery. Since the material is fine, a strongly pulsed Jig is not required here. Only a single stage is

113

Page 114: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

required to utilize ‘through the bed’ Jigging as the material quantity reaching this stage is only about 5% of the total feed. The output of this stage is in form of fine tailings and slimes. The final disposed middling from coarse jigging and very fine metal from fine jigging are used for furnace feed. Re-crushing of Middling: The re-crushed middlings are returned for re-jigging to recover additional material. The throughput material (slag) requirement in an MRP (Metal Recovery Plant) is 3 times of its output. i.e 3 MT of slag needs to be fed to achieve 1 MT of saleable ferrochrome. The feed size specifications shall be provided by the technology supplier based on the final equipment design parameters. The standard composition of High Carbon Ferro chrome (HCFC) is as given below:

Chromium - 57% to 63% Carbon - 6-8% Silicon - 4% Phosphorus - 0.0025-0.03% Sulphur - 0.03% Max

2.4.2 Ferro Manganese Production Process Percentage of Manganese in Ferro Manganese is between 65-75%. The ferroalloy is classified into the following two grades on the basis of its carbon content:

Low Carbon Ferro Manganese – Carbon = 0.5%

High Carbon Ferro Manganese – Carbon 6%-8% Ferro Manganese, a bulk ferroalloy, is a key ingredient for steel making around 90% of world manganese ore production is used by the iron and steel making.

2.4.3 Silico Manganese Production Process Silico manganese (SiMn) is, as the name suggests, a ferroalloy with high contents of manganese and silicon. It is made by heating a mixture of the oxides like manganese oxide (MnO2 ), silicon dioxide (SiO2 ), and iron oxide Fe2O3 with carbon in a furnace wherein these undergo a thermal decomposition reaction. Silico-Manganese is used as a deoxidizer and an alloying element in steel. The standard grade Sillico manganese contains 14 to 16% of silicon, 65 to 68% of manganese and 2% of carbon. The low carbon grade SiMn has carbon levels from 0.05 to 0.10 %. The process flow chart of Silico Manganese is given in Diagram No. 05.

114

Page 115: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Diagram No. 05

Manufacturing Process of Silico Manganese

115

Page 116: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

2.5 List of Raw Material Requirement & Sources and Other Utilities

The raw materials required for the proposed project are given in Table No. 06. Table No. 06

List of Raw Material

List of raw materials to be

used at all stages of manufacture

‘Physical and chemical

nature of raw material

‘Quantity (tonnes/month) full production

capacity (Consumption

norm per MT of Production)

Source of materials

Means of transportation (Source to storage site) with justification

High Carbon Ferro Chrome

Chrome Ore Solid 2.2

From own captive Mines at Sukinda

Road Transportation

From external purchases for emergency in case lumpy ore from captive mine not available

Molasses Semi Solid 0.04 Local Market Road Transportation

Hydrated lime Solid 0.004 Local Market Road Transportation

Coke Solid 0.75 Local Market Road Transportation

Carbon Paste Solid 0.025 Local Market Road Transportation

Quartz Solid 0.18 Local Market Road Transportation

Bauxite Solid 0.10 Madhya Pradesh Road Transportation

Magnesite Solid 0.05 Tamil Nadu Road Transport

Mill Scale Solid 0.010 Local Market Road Transportation Ferro Manganese

Manganese Ore Solid 2.50 From own captive Mines / Other Sources Road Transportation

Coke Solid 0.75 Local Market Road Transportation Carbon Paste Solid 0.015 Local Market Road Transportation Quartz Solid 0.30 Local Market Road Transportation Dolomite Solid 0.250 Local Market Road Transportation Sillico Manganese

Manganese Ore Solid 2.50 From own captive Mines / Other Sources Road Transportation

Coke Solid 0.75 Local Market Road Transportation Carbon Paste Solid 0.015 Local Market Road Transportation Quartz Solid 0.30 Local Market Road Transportation Dolomite Solid 0.250 Local Market Road Transportation Ferro Manganese Slag Solid 0.50 Maharashtra, West

Bengal Road Transportation

116

Page 117: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

2.5.1 Other Utilities of the Proposed Project The utilities required during plant operations include power, water, stores/ spares, material handling facilities and facilities for maintenance of plant machinery and auxiliaries. Energy / Power Requirement and Its Source: For manufacture of Ferro Alloys, electricity is a major input. The plant has a dedicated 132KV Double Circuit line from Old Duburi Substation from an Independent bay. The project has a contract demand of 20 MVA and can increase it to 40 MVA in case of availability. The plant is located midway between old Duburi Sub Station and New Duburi Substation of Orissa Power Transmission Corporation Ltd (OPTCL). The emergency balance for the proposed expansion projects is given in the Table No. 07.

Table No. 07 Energy Balance for the proposed 4 x 9 MVA HCFC Plant

Sl. No Load P. F. Estimated

HP KW KVA

1. Furnace X 4 Nos. 0.84 40540 30240 36000

2. Material Handling 0.9 110 75 83

3. Furnace Auxiliaries 0.9 240 180 200

4. Water Pump 0.9 200 150 167

5. Workshop & Laboratory 0.9 30 22.5 25

6. Pollution Control Equipment 0.9 1267 945 1050

7. Plant Lighting 0.9 20 15 12.5

8 Briquette Plant 0.9 200 150 167

Total - 42607 31777.5 37704.5 Water: The existing plant as well as proposed expansion will use ground water. The necessary permission for drawl of ground water has been obtained from the Central Ground Water Authority. The plant will also use the rain water through Rain Water Harvesting Plan. The water drawl permission has been shown in the Exhibit No. 11. About 120 KL/day of water will be required for process cooling including sprinkling purpose to suppress the dust. About 5KL/day of potable water will be consumed for drinking & other purpose per furnace.

Apart from the plant operation, the water requirements are for equipment cooling, drinking, sanitation and horticulture purpose. The factory and administrative buildings will be covered under rainwater harvesting system. The Water Balance Diagram is shown in Diagram No. 06.

117

Page 118: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Diagram No. 06 Water Balance Diagram

118

Page 119: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Exhibit No. 11 Water Drawl Permission

119

Page 120: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

2.6 Manpower requirement The Plant would operate for about 330 days in a year. The total number of employees will be recruited about 480 employees (direct and indirect) to operate the all Ferro Alloys facility. The manpower estimated includes–

• Plant and Corporate Management

• Plant Engineers

• Sales Engineers

• Technical and Non – technical staff

• Skilled and unskilled workers The Table No. 08 gives the requirement of manpower under various streams of operation and Table No. 09 gives the total numbers of manpower estimates.

Table No. 08 Manpower Requirement in various Streams of Operation

Departments Technical staff

Non-technical staff

Skilled workforce

Unskilled workforce

Project / Development √ √ √

Plant Operations √ √ √

Maintenance √ √ √

Utilities √ √ √

Material handling √ √ √

Stores √ √ √

Administration √ √ √

Quality Assurance √ √

Human resource √ √

Sales and Marketing √ √

Finance & Accounts √

Procurement and Vendor Development √ √

Source: MM analysis

120

Page 121: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. -09 Manpower Details for Proposed Project

Designation Nos. CEO 1

Sr. Managers 6

Managers 10

Technical Staff 48

Non- Technical Staff 25

Skilled workers 140

Unskilled Workers 250

Total 480 The manpower requirement indicated in Table No. 09 is for the peak operating levels. The overall strength of 480 includes the direct and indirect manpower requirement, wherein the majority of unskilled workforce and few activities of skilled workforce shall include indirect employment.

2.7 Project Implementation Schedule The project will be completed within a period of 12 months. The zero date will be the date on which the Environmental Clearance will be obtained. The company has already appointed consultants, contractors for the project and their detailed Engineering activities including approval of drawings have made good progress. 2.8 Details of land requirement for different Components of the

Project or Land Use Break up of Project Area The breakup of total land use in project area of 49.36 acres is given in the following Table No. – 10.

Table No- 10

Sl. No Land use Area in acres 01 Plant & Building

33.36 02 Solid Waste Disposal 03 Open area 04 Area under Green Belt 8.0 05 Area for Plantation 8.0

Total 49.36

121

Page 122: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

2.9 Pollution Control Measures 2.9.1 Control Measures in Place at Present (1 X 4.5 MVA Furnaces) The following control measures have been provided to the existing 1 X 4.5 MVA Furnace. These are as follows; Smoke Hood along with Heat Exchanger, Venturi Scrubber and Bag Filters. The all internal roads have been made RCC. The Store yard for both Raw Material and Finish Product are also made RCC. Green belt along the Boundary wall and avenue plantation along the Internal

Roads has been done. Portable & Mobile sprinklers have been provided for fugitive dust control. All surface runoff except furnace area and storage area is channelized through

storm water drains and tested for Hexavalent Chromium before being discharged.

Furnace area and Storage area drains are separated and runoff is used for cooling.

The photograph of the pollution control equipment of the existing unit is given in Photo No. 04.

Photo No. 04

122

Page 123: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

2.9.2 Proposed Pollution Control Measures

Air Pollution: The following air pollution control measures will be adopted. Sprinklers to suppress dust emission during raw material handling. Black topping of all internal roads to avoid particulate matter emission / ground

fugitive emission due to movement of trucks. Dry fog dust suppression system and bag filters to control dust emission from

the process. Bag filters with Heat Exchangers to control gaseous fumes and dust emission

from the submerged arc furnace. Suction Hood followed by bag filters to control air pollution from tapping

process. Provision of green belt in and around the plant premises. All Pollution control Systems will be installed with provision of the control of

emission. The particulate matter emissions will not exceed 50mg/Nm3.

Noise Pollution: The following mitigation measures will be adopted.

Provision of silencers shall be made wherever possible.

Blowers to be housed in sound proof buildings.

A well planned layout shall be made so as to maintain adequate distance between the source and the receiver.

Dampening materials for wrapping the work places like compressor room, DIG set etc.

Green belt with species of wider canopy shall be implemented.

Ear plugs to the workers exposed to noisy equipments.

Water Pollution: The following mitigation measures will be adopted.

Efforts shall be made to reuse the effluent generated after adequate treatment.

Runoff water during rainy season from surrounding plant area, storage yard will be collected in drains and treated in Chrome ore detoxification facilities in effluent treatment plant.

No housing colony will be constructed in the premises so only sewage generated from office/plant toilets will be in a septic tank followed by soak pit designed as per BIS specification.

Rainwater harvesting pit are planned to recharge ground water.

123

Page 124: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Solid Waste Management: The following measures for solid waste Management will be adopted. Slag would be collected at the point of production, which are not hazardous in

nature and hence it will be used in construction of Roads and filling of low lying areas, etc.

Dust from the bag filters of submerged arc furnace and tapping process will be collected, stored in storage yards and disposed to briquette manufacturing.

Slag generated will be dumped in the secured landfill within the plant premises. Plant has enough area for the disposal of slag.

Solid waste like waste cottons, empty bags, rejected gaskets, empty bottles and jerry cans, steel structures and rejected spares of process equipments etc. generated may have scrap value and shall be disposed off with price realization.

Used oil will be disposed to authorized reprocessing units (having valid authorization) from Odisha State pollution Control Board as per CPCB Guidelines.

2.10 Statutory Approvals Following are the various statutory approvals/ clearances which will be obtained for the proposed project following or in parallel with prior environmental clearance.

Consent to Establish from State Pollution Control Board, Odisha. Consent to Operate from State Pollution Control Board, Odisha. NOC from Gram Panchayat. Land Registration / Approval (Local authority / Industrial Development

Authority) – Application for conversion to Industrial land has been made and the prescribed fees have been deposited.

Building Plan Approval (Local Municipal Authority). Plant layout Approval (Boiler and Factory Directorate). Water Supply. Power supply Connection / HT Substation Layout. License from state/district authorities for procurement, transport storage

& processing of minerals. Excise and VAT registration.

2.11 General Plant layout A Plant general layout showing proposed plant & building, raw material storage area, solid waste disposal area, bore well, green belts, roads and open area has been shown in the Diagram No. 07.

124

Page 125: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Diagram No. – 07 (Plant Layout)

125

Page 126: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Chapter – 3 Description of Environment 3.1 Study Area Study area for the purpose of preparing Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan of this proposed project is limited within 10 kilometers of radius from the project site. The proposed project site is referred as core area and the area beyond the core area and within 10 kilometers around the project site is referred as buffer area throughout this report. The Study area is shown in Map No. 01, the Index Map. The recent satellite map of the area is shown in Map No. – 02. This map is of 10 km radius.

3.2 Topography of Study Area The Project area under reference is almost plain area. The average contour is 40 m aMSL. There is no such Ecologically Sensitive area as per Hon’ble Supreme Court Civil writ petition No.460 of 2004 within 10 kms from the project area. Dangadi Protected Forest (Open Mixed Jungle) is in the North northeast of Project site. Barhagaria (Open Jungle) is at North of Project site. Sunajhara Parbat is at North North West of Project site. Badasila (Open Mixed Jungle) is at North of project site. There is no perennial nala in the project area. Surface run-off water flows along the natural slopes, valleys and finally into the perennial river Brahmani, south of Project area. The distance of ‘River Brahmani’ is about 5.2 Kms from the Project site. There is no national park/wild life sanctuary/biosphere reserve/ tiger reserve/ elephant reserve in the core (applied project area) and buffer zone (10 km radius of the project area). There is no endangered fauna like elephant, sloth bear, python etc in & around the project area. Nearest CRZ area is at Paradeep, which is more than 100 kms from the project area. The topography or the physical features of the study area are shown in the Map No. 03, the Topographical Map, Map No. 04, the 2 D Shaded Relief Map and Map No. 05, the 3D Shaded Relief Map.

3.3 Physiographic of Project Area The area exhibits topographic variations comprising various geomorphic units i.e. lateritic upland, pediment, alluvial plain, flood plain, valley fill, buried pediments, back swamp and residual hills. The area falls in the Brahmani river basin and the area is drained by the river Brahmani. The drainage pattern is dendritic.

126

Page 127: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No. – 02 Satellite Imagery Map

(Satellite Map of the Study Area – 10 Kms radius from the Project Site)

127

Page 128: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No. – 03 Topographical Map of the Study Area

128

Page 129: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No. – 04 2D Shaded Relief Map of the Study Area

129

Page 130: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No. – 05 3D Shaded Relief Map

130

Page 131: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

3.4 Period of Baseline Data Collection, Components of Baseline Data, Methodology and Baseline Information on Environmental Components

The period of baseline data collection was the summer i.e. March, April & May 2012. The components of base line data collection for both primary and secondary are Land /Soil Quality, Water Quality, Flora (Vegetation) & Fauna, Air Quality, Noise Level, Meteorological Data and Socio – Economic status of the people in the study area. The methodology for baseline data collection, the sampling locations for environmental parameters and analysis results obtained are explained in the following sections.

3.4.1 Land /Soil Environment Types of Soil: Three soil types are found in the buffer zone of the project area. These are Entisols, Alfisols and Ultisols which is shown in the Map No. 06 and explained below. Entisols: These types of soils are characterized by dominance of mineral soil materials and absence of distinct pedogenic horizons. The absence of features of any major set of soil forming process is itself an important distinction. There can be no accessory characteristics. Entisols are soil in the sense that they can support plants, but they may be in any climate and under any vegetation. The absence of pedogenic horizons may be results of inert parent materials such as quartz sand, insoluble hard carbonate rock, recent ash deposits or even younger alluvium. In the study area these are represented by the younger river alluvium and older alluvial soils and of very limited areal extent – only at the middle part of the study area along the river beds and along the north and west of the river bed in the flood plain areas of river Brahmani.

Alfisols: Alfisols are a soil order in USDA soil taxonomy. Alfisols form in semiarid to humid tropical areas, typically under a hardwood forest cover. They have a clay and nutrient-enriched subsoil. "Alf" refers to Aluminum (Al) and Iron (Fe). Because of their productivity and abundance, the Alfisols represent one of the more important soil orders. They are widely used both in agriculture and forestry and are generally easier to keep fertile than other humid-climate soils. Those in monsoonal tropical regions, however, have a tendency to acidify when heavily cultivated, especially when nitrogenous fertilizers are used.

These soils include Red sandy soils, Red loamy soils, Red Gravelly Soils in the study area. These soils are deficient in nitrogen and P2O3. Both total and available K2O are fairly adequate and pH varies from 6.5 to 7.3. The reddish color is due to oxidation of original ferruginous materials. In gravelly & sandy soils, the sizes of the particles are the largest. It is granular and consists of detrital rock and mineral particles that are very small. The texture is coarse. It is easier to cultivate if the soil is rich in organic material but either it might quickly drain water out, resulting in dehydrating the plants in summer or too wet in winters and rainy season.

131

Page 132: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Sandy soil is composed of 60-70% sand, 20-25% silt and 10-15% clay. Loamy soils are perfect soil for plantation. The granular soil retains water very easily, yet the drainage is well. Loamy soil is composed of 40 % sand, 40% silt and 20% clay. The Alfisols group covers more than 80 % of the study area of which the red gravelly soil and the red sandy soil are major in terms of geographic distribution followed by red loamy soils.

Ultisols: Ultisols like Alfisols, have markers of clay translocation, but they also have markers of intense leaching that are absent in Alfisols. The unique property common to Ultisols are an argillic horizon and a low supply of bases, particularly in the lower horizons. The cation exchange capacity in Ultisols is mostly moderate to low. The decrease in base saturation with increasing depth reflects cycling of bases by plants or addition of fertilizers. In soils that have not been cultivated, the highest base saturation is normally in few centimeters directly beneath the surface. Like Alfisols, Ultisols have water, but they have few bases. Without application of fertilizers, they can at best be used for shifting cultivation. Because they are warm & moist, they can be highly productive with the application of fertilizers. These soils are characterized by a compact to vermicular mass in sub-soil horizons, composed merely of mixture of hydrated oxides of Aluminum and Iron and are devoid of the alkali and alkaline earth metals. In the study area Ultisols is represented by reddish brown laterites in the highlands areas and red to reddish brown lateritic soils in the western part of the buffer zone occurring in patches in uplands, especially as capping over weathered country rocks.

Map No. – 06 Types of Soil

132

Page 133: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Baseline Information: To establish the base line characteristics with respect to soil quality in the study area, 06 (Six) numbers of soil samples were collected from the project site and from buffer zone for analysis of scheduled parameters. Frequency of sample collection was once in the season during summer season 2012. The locations of sample collection and scheduled dates of sample collection are given in Table No. – 11 and whereas the sampling locations are shown in the Map No. 07.

Table No – 11

Soil Sampling Points and Schedule

Sample ID No.

Date of Sample Collection Sampling Location Direction from the

Project Area

S1

19.03.2012

Centre of Project area Central part

S2 Agricultural land in village Pankphal South of Project Area

S3 Agricultural land in village Jhakhapura NNE of Project Area

S4 Agricultural land in village Hatibari SSW of Project Area

S5 Agricultural land in village Kabatbandh South of Project Area

S6 Agricultural land in village Duburi NNW of Project Area

Methodology: The soil samples collected were analyzed at the testing laboratory of State Pollution Control Board, Odisha, Bhubaneswar and the Govt. Laboratory located at Bhubaneswar, following Indian Standards Specifications confirming to Central Pollution Control Board as well as State Pollution Control Board, Bhubaneswar, guidelines for the purpose of estimating the required physical and chemical parameters with a view to establish the baseline data. The primary data (soil quality) collected at site were supplemented by the secondary data (soil type) to obtain the full analytical picture of the soil relevant to the present study.

133

Page 134: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No. – 07 Location of Soil Quality Monitoring Stations

134

Page 135: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Observation: Various parameters representing soil quality were analyzed from the soil samples collected from the area. Samples at a depth of 10 cm collected through field survey were analyzed and the results obtained are presented in the following tables. The soil quality with reference to the presence of different parameters as observed from the sample analysis is given in Table No. – 12.

Table No – 12

Soil Quality Analysis Report

Sl. Parameters Unit

Analysis Results Sample Collected on 19.03.2012

S1 Core area

S2 Pankphal

S3 Jhakha

pura

S4 Hatibari

S5 Kabatba

ndh S6

Duburi

01 Acidity mg/kg 6.45 5.34 8.10 5.70 5.80 5.43

02 Electrical Conductance

1:5 ratio µS/cm 131.1 36.5 161.8 102.6 104.8 53.1

03 Organic Carbon % 0.51 0.17 0.29 0.48 0.52 0.18

04 Phosphorous Kg/Ha. 15.0 24.0 9.0 24.0 27.0 15.0

05 Potassium Kg/Ha. 432.20 150.7 214.20 160.30 170.90 136.0

06 Nitrogen % 0.015 0.007 0.005 0.003 0.001 ND

07 Salinity ppt 0.06 0.02 0.06 0.05 0.09 0.66

08 Chloride mg/kg 136.6 59.8 19.9 90.3 99.4 96.2

09 Sulphate mg/kg 274.6 260.8 270.2 309.0 319.2 312.5

10 Water Holding Capacity

% 47.9 26.6 20.1 18.8 20.6 29.0

11 Texture -- Sandy loam

Silt Clay

Silt Clay

Sandy Clay

Sandy Clay

Sandy loam

12 Bulk Density g/cc 1.17 1.33 1.43 1.23 1.43 1.29

13 Porosity - 0.473 0.468 0.428 0.326 0.428 0.547

14 Soil Moisture % 4.5 1.7 1.7 2.6 2.9 5.9 3.4.2 Water Environment 3.4.2.1 Drainage System of the Study area There is no perennial nala in the project area. River Brahmani the prominent perennial river is flowing from west to east in south of Project site. Surface run-off water flows along the natural slopes, valleys and finally into the perennial river Brahmani, south of Project area. The distance of 'River Brahmani' is about 3 to 5 Kms from the Project site. There is no endangered fauna like elephant, sloth bear, python etc in & around the project area within the study area. Nearest CRZ area is at

135

Page 136: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Paradeep, which is more than 100 kms from the project area. The drainage map of the study area is shown in Map No. 08.

Map No. – 08 Drainage System of the Study Area

136

Page 137: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

3.4.2.2 Geomorphology of the Study Area This present study was undertaken to identify the groundwater prospective zones. IRS- 1A LISS I false color composites Satellite imageries used to demarcate the different hydro-geomorphological units, the major and minor trends of the lineaments and various types of the geological units along with different structural folds patterns. To integrate with geomorphologic maps, lineaments maps, geological units, finally groundwater potential zones were prepared. Satellite remote sensing techniques coupled with aerial photo analysis have greatly aided in identification of fractures / lineaments and various hydro geomorphic units. Airborne and space born data has been utilized for qualitative evaluation of groundwater resources. The buffer zone has been divided into various hydro geomorphic units based as visual interpretation of IRS-LISS –II False Colour Composite on 1: 2, 50,000 scales and aerial photo interpretation on 1: 25,000 scale vis-à-Vis the groundwater potential in each unit is assessed. The buffer zone presents conspicuous physiographic variations. The delineation of hydromorphic zones was aimed at finding out the area of recharge, groundwater potential zones and areas of ground water discharge. The area is broadly divided into 3 zones, such as run-off zone, infiltration zone and discharge zone. Three zones have different hydromorphic units. Hydromorpholoical maps prepared from Landsat TM and IRS LISS-II data which is given in Map No. 09 and from aerial photography interpretations of the following land use patterns are described here after.

Denudational Hill (Large), Denudational Hill (Small) Residual Hill Lateritic Upland Buried Pediment (Shallow) Buried Pediment (Medium) Valley Fill Pediment Younger Alluvial Plain Older Alluvial Plain Paleo Channel Flood Plain Natural Levee Deltaic Plain Abandoned Channel Back Swamp Rivers & Water Bodies

137

Page 138: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No. 09 Geomorphology of the Study Area

Denudational & Residual Hills: A group of massive hills & hillocks developed in the central & western part of study area are interspersed with narrow intermontane valleys in the area. The topography is highly rugged; drainage density low to medium and run off is high. Infiltration takes place along structures and joints. Thus infiltrated water moves through fractures, jointed plains and comes out in the form of springs along topographic cuts at fracture zones. This unit generally acts as runoff zone and ground water prospect is poor. Residual hills are almost the end products of the process of pediplanation, which reduces the original mountain masses into a series of scattered knolls standing on the pediplains (Thornbury, 1990). The hills with more resistant formation standing out prominently differential erosion and weathering. It's occurring as isolated patches are found at lower altitudes complex than that of Denudational Hills. In spite of their isolated occurrence, their continuity in a linear or curvilinear fashion gives indication that they are structurally controlled. The shape of the Denudational hills, is controlled by the different lithological composition, distribution and spacing of joints and fractures. In the imageries they depict dark grey tone and coarse texture in block and white images and dark reddish colour in false colour composite with radial drainages pattern (Gupta 1980). Groundwater prospects are believed to be poor in the areas. They are the most pre dominant unit in the study area and contribute to more that 45% of the geographical area.

138

Page 139: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Lateritic Uplands: These are units of slightly higher elevations than the surrounding topography. They are composed mostly by insitu lateritic capping over the underlain country rocks of Upper Gondwana Formations and partly over the Eastern Ghats Khondalites. This hydrogeomorphic unit has moderate to low ground water potential and mostly confines to the phreatic & unconfined zones. Buried Pediments: These units are characterized by presence of relatively thicker alluvial, colluvial and / or weathered materials. Depending upon the thickness and depth of the buried materials they can be broadly classified as Shallow (Depth 0-5m), Moderate (Depth 5-20m). These units are developed on khondalites as well as over the lateritc formations. Depending on the thickness and depth of the unconsolidated material, the ground water potential is moderate to good. They are the most predominant unit in terms of geographic spread. Valley Fill: They constitute promising zones for ground water occurrence or movements like there are mostly either fractures/ joint compiled. These consist of sand, silt clay with calcareous concretions. Ground water occurs at very shallow depth. This hydromorphic units acts as both recharging and discharging zone of ground water. Shallow dug wells are the most feasible ground water structures for exploitation. Occasionally shallow bore wells are also feasible, with moderate yield. Pediment: This unit is developed as a result of continuous processes of pedimentation. The altitudinal variations are relatively high for rolling plain and are about 5 -10 m. In this horizon irregular dissected portions with a number of gully are present. This formed due to intensive weathering under semi arid climatic conditions, representing final stage of the cyclic erosion (Knig, 1950 and Sparks, 1960). These are identified in the imageries grey tone on false colour composite (Ghose, 1993). Groundwater prospects in this unit to be appear good due to the moderate thickness (15-20 m) of weathering materials (Prakash and Mishra 1993). Pediments are the second most predominant hydrogeomorphic unit and figures prominently in eastern part of the buffer zone. Alluvial Plains: These are narrow stretches of alluvium occurring along the central part of the buffer zone adjoining the river course. Ground water potential is usually very good, depending on the presence and amount of the porous and permeable sediment. Younger alluvial plains have been developed in the proximal part of the flood plain of the river Brahmani and the older ones are the remnant of the older channel flows. Paleo Channel: These are very narrow stretches of lands which were once part of the drainage channels which are now abandoned because of evolution of landform creating in newer drainage channels. These are in general excellent areas in term of their ground water potential. Flood Plain: Flood plains are actually the banks of the present day river courses where during floods the silts and other suspended materials are deposited and form a granular gradation in the process. These are moderate to low in terms of their ground water potential and ground water occurs mostly under phreatic to semi-confined conditions. Natural Levees: These are formed along the proximal parts of the courses of present day drainages because of differential flow velocity leading to sediment deposition of coarser size – mostly sand. These could be either on the side of river banks or in the middle as well. If tapped they have excellent ground water prospect.

139

Page 140: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Ground water mostly occurs in Phreatic condition in these units. Deltaic Plains: These units are developed on the deltaic sediments resulting from the delta formation process of the river Brahmani as it changes slope and offloads its sediment load in the plain land in a prograding deltaic environment. They have excellent ground water potential if tapped properly. Abandoned Channels: These are remnant channles of the river Brahmani during the course of evolution of fluviatile land formation process. They too have excellent ground water potential. Back Swamps: Swamps and marshes are areas of very shallow ground water level all throughout the year. They may exist over a layer of impermeable layer and can act as perched aquifer as well. They are generally highly enriched in terms of their floral and faunal diversity. But their ground water prospect is restricted. Rivers & Water Bodies: A number of water bodies and rivulets / nallahs traverse across the study area. One major river - Brahmani bifurcates the study area.

3.4.2.3 GEOLOGY: The study area is a part of the Sukinda ultramafic complex (Map No. 10)

Map No. 10

Geology Map of Study Area

140

Page 141: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

It forms a part of the metamorphosed Pre-Cambrians of the Peninsular India consisting of sporadically occurring dismembered chromiferous ultramafic bodies. Chromite deposits are mainly associated with ultramafic rocks and based on genetic occurrences, categorized into two types – stratiform and podiform. Other deposits, with very limited commercial significance belong to alluvial and lateritic types. Majority of chrome deposits are located in Sukinda chromite valley and mainly occur as bands, lenses and pockets in the serpentinized dunite-peridotite. They are well differentiated layered igneous complexes and belong to the well known stratiform complexes of the world. These ultrabasic rocks of Precambrian age, parallel or sub parallel to major tectonic zones of peninsular India were intruded into the pre-existing sediments and volcanics and subsequently regionally metamorphosed and tectonically deformed (Chakraborty et al., 1980). These rocks have been highly serpentinized, giving rise to antigorite together with certain amount of chrysotile and lizardite. Serpentinization decreases with depth as more and more relict olivine is observed. General observations from the textural studies of the ores and primary silicates of both the intrusives suggest preference for the development of monomineralic assemblages, i.e. olivine in The chromite bearing ultramafics of Sukinda area have intruded into the Precambrian metamorphites in the form of lopolith, covering 2 to 5 kilometer (km) width and extending from Kansa in the east to Maruabil and beyond in the west in ENE-WNW direction, at the junction of quartzite and enstatite-peridotite rocks in 40-45 km long, shear zone. The ultramafic body consists essentially of dunite-peridotite within IOG rocks with chromite bands and subordinate amount of pyroxenite devoid of chromite mineralization. They are stratiform type deposits where bands and layers are indicative of gravitational settling. The chromite forms schlieren bands, massive lenses and disseminations and occurs in bands and lenses within the folded limonitized serpentinite ultramafic rocks. These deposits are similar to the deposits of South Africa (Bushveld Complex), Southern Rhodesia and USA. The main large scale structural feature of the region is a moderately SW plunging synform with a moderately dipping north limb and sub vertical south limb about which the Sukinda intrusion and surrounding metasedimentary rocks are folded. The area has experienced multi-phase deformation history, incorporating folding, faulting & jointing, intrusion of dyke, normal shearing and finally faulting In the present study area, the ultramafic intrusives, trending NE-SW, consist of dunite, peridotite, orthopyroxenite and six chromite seams, has intruded low grade metamorphic rocks of the Archean Iron Ore Group (IOG) with faulted contact at both the margins, in the north with Banded Iron Formation of the IOG of Tomka-Daitari Ranges and in the south with Quartzite of Mahagiri Ranges. The intrusion has been subjected to a variable degree of alteration to serpentine-talc-chlorite-magnetite+magnesite+sulfide with cumulate igneous texture commonly retained. In extreme cases, particularly in the central part of the velly lateralization/limonitization process caused formation of saprolite, limonite and in-situ as well as transported laterites and thereby causing obliteration of all primary structures. Prevalent rock types in the study area include quartzite, serpentinized dunite-peridotite, pyroxenite, dolerite and laterite / limonite. The quartzite consists of quartz grains of almost quardrant to tabular habit. The dunite- peridotite suite is highly serpentinized and has given rise to serpentinite, talc-serpentinite having a grey to grayish green colour. Lizardite, chrysotile, millerite and magnetite are also present in the serpentinized mass.

141

Page 142: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Pyroxenite, relatively fresh and less altered, is greenish grey in colour and composed of coarse grained orthopyroxene (enstatite). Dolerite is dark grey (fresh) to green (weathered) and consists of small to medium grained plagioclase laths and pyroxene. Two phases of chrome mineralization have been found in the area, resulting in formation of primary - hard, compact and lumpy grey ores and secondary- soft and friable brown ores generated through extensive weathering of primary ores during lateritization / limonitization process. The grey ores normally vary from massive in the central part to spotted and laminated/banded in the contact zones with ultra basic rock. The massive ore consists of closely packed euhedral to anhedral chromite with interstitial talc and serpentine ± uvarovite ± kammererite ± tremolite. Scattered ovals or rounded clots of olivine, altered to serpentine and talc in a groundmass of chromite represent the spotted variety (Fig. 3b). Laminated / banded ore contains alternate thin laminae of chromite and serpentinized dunite. The brown ores consists of loosely bounded coarse grained chromite because of leaching of interstitial serpentine gangue to soft limonitic matrix. All six chromite bands are fairly thick and persistent both along the strike of the intrusive and at depth. Major ore bands are fairly thick (10-40 meters) and persistent both along the strike and dip direction. Northern five bands are soft, friable brown ore dipping at steep angles to the north. The sixth horizon close to Mahagiri base is of hard and lumpy variety with fine grains of chrome in talc serpentine matrix. Baseline Information on Water Quality: Water quality monitoring were carried out at 19 (nineteen) different locations both for surface and ground water. Frequency of sampling was once in a month for one season (March, April & May) during summer season 2012. The locations of water quality monitoring stations are mentioned in the Table No. 13 & 14 for surface water and ground water respectively and locations are shown in Map No. – 11 & 12 for the same respectively.

Table No. – 13

Surface Water Sampling Stations Station

No. Identification Location Direction from

Project Area 01 SW1 60 metres Up stream of River Brahmani South of project Area

02 SW2 60 metres Downstream of River Brahmani SSW of project area

03 SW3 River Brahmani at Marthapur SSE of project area

04 SW4 River Brahmani at Brundadeipur SSE of project area

05 SW5 River Brahmani at Barakalipatna SSE of project area

06 SW6 River Brahmani at Endulaba SSW of project area

07 SW7 Pandra Nadi at Jemadedipiur SSW of project area

08 SW8 Surface water near Chakua SSE of project area

09 SW9 Surface water near Manutrikar ESE of project area

10 SW10 Surface water from Gondanadi East of project area

142

Page 143: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 14 Ground Water Sampling Stations

Station

No. Identifica

tion Location Direction from Project area

01 GW1 Bore well inside the Plant Premises

Inside the plant premises

02 GW2 Bore well inside the Plant Premises near solid waste area

Inside the plant premises

03 GW3 Ground Water in village Pankphal

South of project area

04 GW4 Ground Water in village Jhakhapura NNE of project area

05 GW5 Ground Water in village Hatibari WSW of project area

06 GW6 Ground Water in village Duburi NNW of project area

07 GW7 Ground Water in village Jenapur SSE of project area

08 GW8 Ground Water in village Golagaon West of project area

09 GW9 Ground Water in village Kabatbandh South of project area

Methodology: Water samples were collected manually from selected nineteen sampling points as mentioned in previous paragraphs. Considering several possibilities of interference, the Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) sample bottles were used. These bottles were sterilized properly in an autoclave before being used for water sample collection. Procedure followed for sample collections were both grab and composite sampling. The grab samples were collected for analysis of BOD, DO, COD, Nitrates and Carbon Dioxides and composite sampling for rest of the parameters. Testing laboratory is located 60 kilometers away from the site. All the samples are preserved immediately after collection and then transported to the laboratory for testing. The analysis procedures adopted were Standard Testing Methods of American Public Health Association, confirming to Central Pollution Control Board Guidelines.

143

Page 144: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No. – 11 Surface Water Sampling Points

144

Page 145: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No. – 12 Ground Water Sampling Points

145

Page 146: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Observations: The results obtained are given in the Table No. 15 to Table no. 33. As per the test results given hereunder, drinking water quality is found to be potable i.e. within the permissible limit of the standard prescribed.

Table No. – 15

Analysis Report of Surface Water SW1 –Up Stream River Brahmani

Sl. No. Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Discharge Limit

16.03. 2012

16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen 1.0 10 1.0 --

02 Odour -- Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable --

03 Suspended solids ppm 26.0 26.0 27.0 100.0 04 pH value No. 7.5 7.6 7.5 5.5 – 9.0

05 Temperature 0C 26.0 25.0 26.0

Shall not exceed 50C above the receiving water temperature

06 Oil & Grease ppm 1.4 1.7 1.6 10.0 07 Total residual chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 1.0 08 Ammonical Nitrogen (as N) ppm ND ND ND 50.0

09 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as NH3)

ppm ND ND ND 100.0

10 Free Ammonia (as NH3) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 11 BOD @ 270C 3 Days ppm 4.7 4.2 4.5 30.0 12 COD ppm 11.4 12.5 12.2 250.0 13 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.2 14 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.01 15 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.1 16 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 2.0

17 Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm 0.003 0.003 0.005 0.1

18 Total Chromium (as Cr) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 19 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 20 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 21 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.05 22 Nickel (as Ni) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 23 Fluoride (as F) ppm 0.09 0.08 0.1 2.0 24 Dissolved Phosphate (as P) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 25 Sulphide (as S) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 26 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 27 Iron (as Fe) ppm 0.115 0.111 0.114 3.0 28 Chloride ppm 2.5 2.9 2.8 10.0

ND: Not detected, BDL: Below Detectable Limit

146

Page 147: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 16 Analysis Report of Surface Water

SW2 –Down Stream Brahmani River

Sl. No. Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Discharge Limit

16.03. 2012

16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen 1.0 10 1.0 --

02 Odour -- Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable --

03 Suspended solids ppm 27.0 25.0 26.0 100.0 04 pH value No. 7.5 7.6 7.5 5.5 – 9.0

05 Temperature 0C 25.0 27.0 27.0

Shall not exceed 50C above the receiving water temperature

06 Oil & Grease ppm 1.5 1.6 1.5 10.0 07 Total residual chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 1.0

08 Ammonical Nitrogen (as N) ppm ND ND ND 50.0

09 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as NH3)

ppm ND ND ND 100.0

10 Free Ammonia (as NH3)

ppm ND ND ND 5.0

11 BOD @ 270C 3 Days ppm 4.0 4.8 4.2 30.0 12 COD ppm 13.4 11.8 10.3 250.0 13 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.2 14 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.01 15 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.1 16 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 2.0

17 Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm 0.004 0.001 0.003 0.1

18 Total Chromium (as Cr) ppm ND ND ND 2.0

19 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 20 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 21 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.05 22 Nickel (as Ni) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 23 Fluoride (as F) ppm 0.1 0.1 0.11 2.0

24 Dissolved Phosphate (as P) ppm ND ND ND 5.0

25 Sulphide (as S) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 26 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 27 Iron (as Fe) ppm 0.112 0.110 0.119 3.0 28 Chloride ppm 0.8 0.7 0.8 10.0

ND: Not detected, BDL: Below Detectable Limit

147

Page 148: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 17 Analysis Report of Surface Water

SW3 – River Brahmani at Marthapur

Sl. No. Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Discharge Limit

16.03. 2012

16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen 1.0 10 1.0 --

02 Odour -- Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable --

03 Suspended solids ppm 37.0 42.0 31.0 100.0 04 pH value No. 7.1 7.3 7.0 5.5 – 9.0

05 Temperature 0C 26.0 24.0 26.0

Shall not exceed 50C above the receiving water temperature

06 Oil & Grease ppm 2.0 1.8 1.7 10.0 07 Total residual chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 1.0

08 Ammonical Nitrogen (as N) ppm ND ND ND 50.0

09 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as NH3)

ppm ND ND ND 100.0

10 Free Ammonia (as NH3) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 11 BOD @ 270C 3 Days ppm 4.0 4.8 4.2 30.0 12 COD ppm 18.1 16.6 16.2 250.0 13 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.2 14 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.01 15 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.1 16 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 2.0

17 Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm 0.002 0.003 0.002 0.1

18 Total Chromium (as Cr) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 19 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 20 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 21 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.05 22 Nickel (as Ni) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 23 Fluoride (as F) ppm 0.08 0.09 0.08 2.0

24 Dissolved Phosphate (as P) ppm ND ND ND 5.0

25 Sulphide (as S) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 26 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 27 Iron (as Fe) ppm 0.211 0.212 0.212 3.0 28 Chloride ppm 0.5 0.6 0.6 10.0

ND: Not detected, BDL: Below Detectable Limit

148

Page 149: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 18 Analysis Report of Surface Water

SW4 –River Brahmani near Brundadeipur

Sl. No. Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Discharge Limit

16.03. 2012

16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen 1.0 10 1.0 --

02 Odour -- Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable --

03 Suspended solids ppm 31.0 29.0 30.0 100.0 04 pH value No. 6.4 6.6 6.4 5.5 – 9.0

05 Temperature 0C 24.0 23.0 23.0

Shall not exceed 50C above the receiving water temperature

06 Oil & Grease ppm 2.2 2.3 2.2 10.0 07 Total residual chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 1.0

08 Ammonical Nitrogen (as N) ppm ND ND ND 50.0

09 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as NH3)

ppm ND ND ND 100.0

10 Free Ammonia (as NH3) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 11 BOD @ 270C 3 Days ppm 5.0 6.3 5.2 30.0 12 COD ppm 15.1 13.9 13.8 250.0 13 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.2 14 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.01 15 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.1 16 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 2.0

17 Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.1

18 Total Chromium (as Cr) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 19 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 20 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 21 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.05 22 Nickel (as Ni) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 23 Fluoride (as F) ppm 0.13 0.11 0.1 2.0

24 Dissolved Phosphate (as P) ppm ND ND ND 5.0

25 Sulphide (as S) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 26 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 27 Iron (as Fe) ppm 0.115 0.111 0.112 3.0 28 Chloride ppm 1.6 1.6 1.7 10.0

ND: Not detected, BDL: Below Detectable Limit

149

Page 150: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 19 Analysis Report of Surface Water

SW5 –River Brahmani at Barakalipatna

Sl. No. Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Discharge Limit

16.03. 2012

16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen 1.0 10 1.0 --

02 Odour -- Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable --

03 Suspended solids ppm 38.0 35.0 36.0 100.0 04 pH value No. 7.1 7.2 7.2 5.5 – 9.0

05 Temperature 0C 26.0 26.0 26.0

Shall not exceed 50C above the receiving water temperature

06 Oil & Grease ppm 1.3 1.4 1.4 10.0 07 Total residual chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 1.0

08 Ammonical Nitrogen (as N) ppm ND ND ND 50.0

09 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as NH3)

ppm ND ND ND 100.0

10 Free Ammonia (as NH3) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 11 BOD @ 270C 3 Days ppm 5.2 5.0 5.2 30.0 12 COD ppm 15.1 16.0 15.3 250.0 13 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.2 14 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.01 15 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.1 16 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 2.0

17 Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm 0.002 0.003 0.002 0.1

18 Total Chromium (as Cr) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 19 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 20 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 21 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.05 22 Nickel (as Ni) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 23 Fluoride (as F) ppm 0.13 0.11 0.13 2.0

24 Dissolved Phosphate (as P) ppm ND ND ND 5.0

25 Sulphide (as S) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 26 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 27 Iron (as Fe) ppm 0.211 0.211 0.214 3.0 28 Chloride ppm 3.8 3.7 3.8 10.0

ND: Not detected, BDL: Below Detectable Limit

150

Page 151: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 20 Analysis Report of Surface Water SW6 –River Brahmani at Endulaba

Sl. No. Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Discharge Limit 16.03. 2012

16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen 1.0 10 1.0 --

02 Odour -- Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable --

03 Suspended solids ppm 48.0 46.0 46.0 100.0 04 pH value No. 7.5 7.6 7.5 5.5 – 9.0

05 Temperature 0C 23.0 23.0 25.0

Shall not exceed 50C above the receiving water temperature

06 Oil & Grease ppm 4.4 4.7 4.4 10.0 07 Total residual chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 1.0

08 Ammonical Nitrogen (as N) ppm ND ND ND 50.0

09 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as NH3)

ppm ND ND ND 100.0

10 Free Ammonia (as NH3) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 11 BOD @ 270C 3 Days ppm 8.5 8.2 8.6 30.0 12 COD ppm 20.4 21.6 20.5 250.0 13 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.2 14 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.01 15 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.1 16 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 2.0

17 Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm 0.028 0.030 0.028 0.1

18 Total Chromium (as Cr) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 19 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 20 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 21 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.05 22 Nickel (as Ni) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 23 Fluoride (as F) ppm 0.14 0.12 0.14 2.0

24 Dissolved Phosphate (as P) ppm ND ND ND 5.0

25 Sulphide (as S) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 26 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 27 Iron (as Fe) ppm 0.233 0.235 0.235 3.0 28 Chloride ppm 2.6 2.8 2.8 10.0

ND: Not detected, BDL: Below Detectable Limit

151

Page 152: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 21 Analysis Report of Surface Water

SW7 – Pandra Nala at Jemadeipur

Sl. No. Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Discharge Limit 16.03. 2012

16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen 1.0 10 1.0 --

02 Odour -- Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable --

03 Suspended solids ppm 36.0 37.0 39.0 100.0 04 pH value No. 6.6 6.7 6.5 5.5 – 9.0

05 Temperature 0C 24.0 24.0 26.0

Shall not exceed 50C above the receiving water temperature

06 Oil & Grease ppm 4.1 4.1 4.3 10.0 07 Total residual chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 1.0 08 Ammonia Nitrogen (as N) ppm ND ND ND 50.0

09 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as NH3)

ppm ND ND ND 100.0

10 Free Ammonia (as NH3) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 11 BOD @ 270C 3 Days ppm 10.3 12.5 12.1 30.0 12 COD ppm 22.5 23.7 23.4 250.0 13 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.2 14 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.01 15 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.1 16 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 2.0

17 Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm 0.038 0.037 0.037 0.1

18 Total Chromium (as Cr) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 19 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 20 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 21 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.05 22 Nickel (as Ni) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 23 Fluoride (as F) ppm 0.16 0.16 0.15 2.0

24 Dissolved Phosphate (as P) ppm ND ND ND 5.0

25 Sulphide (as S) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 26 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 27 Iron (as Fe) ppm 0.139 0.138 0.136 3.0 28 Chloride ppm 4.6 4.9 4.8 10.0

ND: Not detected, BDL: Below Detectable Limit

152

Page 153: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 22 Analysis Report of Surface Water SW8 – Surface water at Chhakua

Sl. No. Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Discharge Limit 16.03. 2012

16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen 1.0 10 1.0 --

02 Odour -- Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable --

03 Suspended solids ppm 39.0 42.0 42.0 100.0 04 pH value No. 7.0 7.1 7.1 5.5 – 9.0

05 Temperature 0C 26.0 27.0 26.0

Shall not exceed 50C above the receiving water temperature

06 Oil & Grease ppm 5.1 5.0 5.2 10.0 07 Total residual chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 1.0

08 Ammonical Nitrogen (as N) ppm ND ND ND 50.0

09 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as NH3)

ppm ND ND ND 100.0

10 Free Ammonia (as NH3) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 11 BOD @ 270C 3 Days ppm 6.8 6.5 6.9 30.0 12 COD ppm 50.6 52.1 50.3 250.0 13 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.2 14 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.01 15 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.1 16 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 2.0

17 Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm 0.051 0.053 0.050 0.1

18 Total Chromium (as Cr) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 19 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 20 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 21 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.05 22 Nickel (as Ni) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 23 Fluoride (as F) ppm 0.19 0.18 0.18 2.0

24 Dissolved Phosphate (as P) ppm ND ND ND 5.0

25 Sulphide (as S) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 26 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 27 Iron (as Fe) ppm 0.155 0.140 0.146 3.0 28 Chloride ppm 4.7 4.8 4.5 10.0

ND: Not detected, BDL: Below Detectable Limit

153

Page 154: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 23 Analysis Report of Surface Water SW9 – Surface water at Marutrikar

Sl. No. Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Discharge Limit 16.03. 2012

16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen 1.0 10 1.0 --

02 Odour -- Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable --

03 Suspended solids ppm 41.0 43.0 43.0 100.0 04 pH value No. 7.3 7.5 7.5 5.5 – 9.0

05 Temperature 0C 28.0 27.0 27.0

Shall not exceed 50C above the receiving water temperature

06 Oil & Grease ppm 3.2 3.2 3.1 10.0 07 Total residual chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 1.0

08 Ammonical Nitrogen (as N) ppm ND ND ND 50.0

09 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as NH3)

ppm ND ND ND 100.0

10 Free Ammonia (as NH3) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 11 BOD @ 270C 3 Days ppm 5.7 5.9 5.7 30.0 12 COD ppm 67.0 68.0 67.0 250.0 13 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.2 14 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.01 15 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.1 16 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 2.0

17 Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm 0.084 0.089 0.086 0.1

18 Total Chromium (as Cr) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 19 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 20 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 21 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.05 22 Nickel (as Ni) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 23 Fluoride (as F) ppm 0.32 0.29 0.31 2.0

24 Dissolved Phosphate (as P) ppm ND ND ND 5.0

25 Sulphide (as S) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 26 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 27 Iron (as Fe) ppm 0.259 0.254 0.257 3.0 28 Chloride ppm 5.1 5.0 5.0 10.0

ND: Not detected, BDL: Below Detectable Limit

154

Page 155: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 24 Analysis Report of Surface Water

SW10 – Gonda nadi

Sl. No. Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Discharge Limit 16.03. 2012

16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen 1.0 10 1.0 --

02 Odour -- Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable --

03 Suspended solids ppm 48.0 47.0 47.0 100.0 04 pH value No. 7.0 7.0 7.1 5.5 – 9.0

05 Temperature 0C 27.0 27.0 27.0

Shall not exceed 50C above the receiving water temperature

06 Oil & Grease ppm 3.0 3.1 3.0 10.0 07 Total residual chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 1.0

08 Ammonical Nitrogen (as N) ppm ND ND ND 50.0

09 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as NH3)

ppm ND ND ND 100.0

10 Free Ammonia (as NH3) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 11 BOD @ 270C 3 Days ppm 6.1 6.0 6.0 30.0 12 COD ppm 75.0 72.0 73.0 250.0 13 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.2 14 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.01 15 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.1 16 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 2.0

17 Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm 0.080 0.082 0.081 0.1

18 Total Chromium (as Cr) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 19 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 20 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0 21 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.05 22 Nickel (as Ni) ppm ND ND ND 3.0 23 Fluoride (as F) ppm 0.28 0.30 0.28 2.0

24 Dissolved Phosphate (as P) ppm ND ND ND 5.0

25 Sulphide (as S) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 26 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 2.0 27 Iron (as Fe) ppm 0.205 0.209 0.206 3.0 28 Chloride ppm 4.3 4.6 4.7 10.0

ND: Not detected, BDL: Below Detectable Limit

155

Page 156: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 25 Analysis Report of Ground Water

GW1 – Near Proposed project Area

Sl. No Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Permissible Limits 16.03.

2012 16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen 1.0 1.0 1.0 5.0

02 Odour -- Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable Unobjectionable

03 Taste -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

04 Turbidity NTU 1.3 1.2 1.5 5.0

05 pH No. 7.0 6.9 7.1 6.5 to 8.5

06 Total Hardness (as CaCO3)

ppm 76.0 74.0 77.0 300.0

07 Iron (as Fe) ppm 0.21 0.19 0.24 0.3

08 Chloride (as Cl) ppm 14.0 17.0 15.0 250.0

09 Residual Free Chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 0.2 (min)

10 Dissolved solids ppm 88.0 92.0 85.0 500.0

11 Calcium (as Ca) ppm 24.3 23.1 24.0 75.0

12 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

13 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 0.1

14 Sulphate (as SO4) ppm 0.038 0.04 0.035 200.0

15 Nitrate (as NO3) ppm 1.6 1.7 1.6 45.0

16 Fluoride (as F) ppm ND ND ND 1.0

17 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.001

18 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 0.01

19 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.01

20 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

21 Cyanide (as CN) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

22 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

23 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0

24 Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

25 Alkalinity ppm 12.0 11.0 10.0 200.0

156

Page 157: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 26 Analysis Report of Ground Water

GW2 – Near Solid waste area of Proposed Project

ND: Not detected, BDL: Below Detectable Limit

Sl. No Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Permissible Limits 16.03.

2012 16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen Colorless Colorless Colorless 5.0

02 Odour -- Unobjectionab

le Unobjectiona

ble Unobjection

able Unobjectionable

03 Taste -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

04 Turbidity NTU 0.44 0.43 0.43 5.0

05 pH No. 6.5 6.4 6.7 6.5 to 8.5

06 Total Hardness (as CaCO3)

ppm 40 42 42 300.0

07 Iron (as Fe) ppm 0.19 0.20 0.19 0.3

08 Chloride (as Cl) ppm 15.99 15.87 15.90 250.0

09 Residual Free Chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 0.2 (min)

10 Dissolved solids ppm 102.0 100.0 103.0 500.0

11 Calcium (as Ca) ppm 5.61 5.63 5.59 75.0

12 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

13 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 0.1

14 Sulphate (as SO4) ppm 1.87 1.80 1.83 200.0

15 Nitrate (as NO3) ppm 1.0 1.2 1.5 45.0

16 Fluoride (as F) ppm ND ND ND 1.0

17 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.001

18 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 0.01

19 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.01

20 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

21 Cyanide (as CN) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

22 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

23 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0

24 Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm 0.029 0.029 0.028 0.05

25 Alkalinity ppm 60 58 63 200.0

157

Page 158: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 27 Analysis Report of Ground Water

GW3 – Village Pankphal

ND: Not detected, BDL: Below Detectable Limit

Sl. No Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Permissible Limits 16.03.

2012 16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen 1.0 10 1.0 5.0

02 Odour -- Unobjection

able Unobjectio

nable Unobjectiona

ble Unobjectionable

03 Taste -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

04 Turbidity NTU 1.5 1.5 1.6 5.0

05 pH No. 7.1 7.1 7.0 6.5 to 8.5

06 Total Hardness (as CaCO3)

ppm 75.0 74.0 75.0 300.0

07 Iron (as Fe) ppm 0.25 0.26 0.22 0.3

08 Chloride (as Cl) ppm 18.0 16.0 19.0 250.0

09 Residual Free Chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 0.2 (min)

10 Dissolved solids ppm 98.0 101.0 100.0 500.0

11 Calcium (as Ca) ppm 24.2 23.5 24.9 75.0

12 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

13 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 0.1

14 Sulphate (as SO4) ppm 0.045 0.042 0.044 200.0

15 Nitrate (as NO3) ppm 1.0 1.1 1.1 45.0

16 Fluoride (as F) ppm ND ND ND 1.0

17 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.001

18 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 0.01

19 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.01

20 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

21 Cyanide (as CN) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

22 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

23 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0

24 Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

25 Alkalinity ppm 11.0 11.0 10.0 200.0

158

Page 159: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 28

Analysis Report of Ground Water GW4 – Village Jakhapura

ND: Not detected, BDL: Below Detectable Limit

Sl. No Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Permissible Limits 16.03.

2012 16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen 1.0 10 1.0 5.0

02 Odour -- Unobjection

able Unobjection

able Unobjection

able Unobjectionable

03 Taste -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

04 Turbidity NTU 1.1 1.0 1.3 5.0

05 pH No. 6.9 7.0 7.0 6.5 to 8.5

06 Total Hardness (as CaCO3)

ppm 80.0 82.0 79.0 300.0

07 Iron (as Fe) ppm 0.19 0.18 0.21 0.3

08 Chloride (as Cl) ppm 20.0 23.0 21.0 250.0

09 Residual Free Chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 0.2 (min)

10 Dissolved solids ppm 101.0 105.0 104.0 500.0

11 Calcium (as Ca) ppm 26.8 26.4 26.1 75.0

12 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

13 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 0.1

14 Sulphate (as SO4) ppm 0.032 0.030 0.033 200.0

15 Nitrate (as NO3) ppm 1.5 1.2 1.3 45.0

16 Fluoride (as F) ppm ND ND ND 1.0

17 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.001

18 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 0.01

19 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.01

20 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

21 Cyanide (as CN) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

22 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

23 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0

24 Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

25 Alkalinity ppm 13.0 13.0 12.0 200.0

159

Page 160: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 29 Analysis Report of Ground Water

GW5 – Village Hatibari

ND: Not detected, BDL: Below Detectable Limit

Sl. No Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Permissible Limits 16.03.

2012 16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen 1.0 1.0 1.0 5.0

02 Odour -- Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

03 Taste -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

04 Turbidity NTU 1.1 1.3 1.0 5.0

05 pH No. 7.3 7.5 7.5 6.5 to 8.5

06 Total Hardness (as CaCO3)

ppm 82.0 80.0 83.0 300.0

07 Iron (as Fe) ppm 0.19 0.17 0.20 0.3

08 Chloride (as Cl) ppm 23.0 20.0 22.0 250.0

09 Residual Free Chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 0.2 (min)

10 Dissolved solids ppm 85.0 91.0 87.0 500.0

11 Calcium (as Ca) ppm 27.2 26.8 27.5 75.0

12 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

13 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 0.1

14 Sulphate (as SO4) ppm 0.039 0.041 0.037 200.0

15 Nitrate (as NO3) ppm 1.2 1.3 1.0 45.0

16 Fluoride (as F) ppm ND ND ND 1.0

17 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.001

18 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 0.01

19 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.01

20 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

21 Cyanide (as CN) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

22 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

23 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0

24 Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

25 Alkalinity ppm 9.0 9.0 8.0 200.0

160

Page 161: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 30 Analysis Report of Ground Water

GW6 – Village Duburi

ND: Not detected, BDL: Below Detectable Limit

Sl. No Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Permissible Limits 16.03.

2012 16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen Colorless Colorless Colorless 5.0

02 Odour -- Unobjection

able Unobjection

able Unobjection

able Unobjectionable

03 Taste -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

04 Turbidity NTU 0.16 0.14 0.15 5.0

05 pH No. 6.5 6.6 6.6 6.5 to 8.5

06 Total Hardness (as CaCO3)

ppm 204 204 203 300.0

07 Iron (as Fe) ppm 0.0832 0.0830 0.0833 0.3

08 Chloride (as Cl) ppm 14.99 15.00 14.97 250.0

09 Residual Free Chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 0.2 (min)

10 Dissolved solids ppm 94.0 95.0 95.0 500.0

11 Calcium (as Ca) ppm 40.88 40.50 40.78 75.0

12 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

13 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 0.1

14 Sulphate (as SO4) ppm 2.86 2.80 2.84 200.0

15 Nitrate (as NO3) ppm 1.5 1.6 1.6 45.0

16 Fluoride (as F) ppm ND ND ND 1.0

17 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.001

18 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 0.01

19 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.01

20 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

21 Cyanide (as CN) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

22 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

23 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0

24 Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

25 Alkalinity ppm 330 332 333 200.0

161

Page 162: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 31 Analysis Report of Ground Water

GW7 – Village Jenapur

ND: Not detected, BDL: Below Detectable Limit

Sl. No Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Permissible Limits 16.03.

2012 16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen Colorless Colorless Colorless 5.0

02 Odour -- Unobjection

able Unobjection

able Unobjection

able Unobjectionable

03 Taste -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

04 Turbidity NTU 1.68 1.68 1.67 5.0

05 pH No. 7.0 7.1 7.0 6.5 to 8.5

06 Total Hardness (as CaCO3)

ppm 172 170 170 300.0

07 Iron (as Fe) ppm 0.452 0.450 0.452 0.3

08 Chloride (as Cl) ppm 12.99 13.01 12.98 250.0

09 Residual Free Chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 0.2 (min)

10 Dissolved solids ppm 252 255 256 500.0

11 Calcium (as Ca) ppm 35.27 35.20 35.14 75.0

12 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

13 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 0.1

14 Sulphate (as SO4) ppm 6.91 6.88 6.89 200.0

15 Nitrate (as NO3) ppm 2.59 2.67 2.61 45.0

16 Fluoride (as F) ppm ND ND ND 1.0

17 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.001

18 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 0.01

19 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.01

20 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

21 Cyanide (as CN) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

22 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

23 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0

24 Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

25 Alkalinity ppm 230 232 235 200.0

162

Page 163: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 32 Analysis Report of Ground Water

GW8 – Village Golagaon

ND: Not detected, BDL: Below Detectable Limit

Sl. No Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Permissible Limits 16.03.

2012 16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen Colorless Colorless Colorless 5.0

02 Odour -- Unobjection

able Unobjection

able Unobjection

able Unobjectionable

03 Taste -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

04 Turbidity NTU 0.36 0.38 0.35 5.0

05 pH No. 6.0 6.1 6.1 6.5 to 8.5

06 Total Hardness (as CaCO3)

ppm 142 140 143 300.0

07 Iron (as Fe) ppm 0.0312 0.0311 0.0309 0.3

08 Chloride (as Cl) ppm 64.97 64.58 64.90 250.0

09 Residual Free Chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 0.2 (min)

10 Dissolved solids ppm 266.0 263.0 264.0 500.0

11 Calcium (as Ca) ppm 36.82 36.59 36.78 75.0

12 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

13 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 0.1

14 Sulphate (as SO4) ppm 5.66 5.59 5.63 200.0

15 Nitrate (as NO3) ppm 2.54 2.50 2.56 45.0

16 Fluoride (as F) ppm ND ND ND 1.0

17 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.001

18 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 0.01

19 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.01

20 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

21 Cyanide (as CN) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

22 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

23 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0

24 Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.05

25 Alkalinity ppm 140.0 143.0 141.0 200.0

163

Page 164: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 33 Analysis Report of Ground Water

GW9 – Village Kabatbandh

ND: Not detected, BDL: Below Detectable Limit

Sl. No Parameters Unit

Analysis Result Permissible Limits 16.03.

2012 16.04. 2012

16.05. 2012

01 Colour Hazen Colorless Colorless Colorless 5.0

02 Odour -- Unobjection

able Unobjection

able Unobjection

able Unobjectionable

03 Taste -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

04 Turbidity NTU 0.12 0.14 0.11 5.0

05 pH No. 6.2 6.3 6.3 6.5 to 8.5

06 Total Hardness (as CaCO3)

ppm 46.0 46.0 46.0 300.0

07 Iron (as Fe) ppm ND ND ND 0.3

08 Chloride (as Cl) ppm 10.68 10.65 10.61 250.0

09 Residual Free Chlorine ppm Nil Nil Nil 0.2 (min)

10 Dissolved solids ppm 394.0 391.0 393.0 500.0

11 Calcium (as Ca) ppm 9.62 9.68 9.67 75.0

12 Copper (as Cu) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

13 Manganese (as Mn) ppm ND ND ND 0.1

14 Sulphate (as SO4) ppm 6.39 6.45 6.41 200.0

15 Nitrate (as NO3) ppm 1.50 1.53 1.52 45.0

16 Fluoride (as F) ppm ND ND ND 1.0

17 Mercury (as Hg) ppm ND ND ND 0.001

18 Cadmium (as Cd) ppm ND ND ND 0.01

19 Selenium (as Se) ppm ND ND ND 0.01

20 Arsenic (as As) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

21 Cyanide (as CN) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

22 Lead (as Pb) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

23 Zinc (as Zn) ppm ND ND ND 5.0

24 Chromium (as Cr+6) ppm ND ND ND 0.05

25 Alkalinity ppm 40.0 43.0 41.0 200.0

164

Page 165: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

3.4.2.4 Hydrogeology of the Study area

Hydrogeology of the study area is compiled from the various publications of Central Ground Water Board & Directorate of Ground Water Survey & Investigation, Govt. of Orissa. The water bearing formation of the area can be divided into 4 groups viz; (a) Crystalline and Meta sedimentary formation (b) Alluvium (c) Laterite capping highly weathered limonitisedcherty ultramafics (d) Laterite capping the crystalline and meta sedimentary sedimentary formation. The nature of occurrence of ground water in each of these units is described below. Crystalline and Meta sedimentary formation: Ground water in the hard granitic rocks or meta sedimentary khondalites and schistose quartzites formations occurs under unconfined conditions within the weathered residum whereas in the bed rocks (fractured) aquifer it occurs in semi confined to confined conditions. The top weathered saprolite horizon is tapped by dug wells while the fractured basement rocks are tapped by bore wells. Alluvial formation: In the unconsolidated alluvial formation ground water occurs under unconfined conditions in shallow aquifers and semi-confined to confined conditions in deeper aquifers. Laterites capping weathered ultramafics: Laterite occurs in two types of settings. In one type of setting which is found in Sukinda valley the laterites are underlain by highly weathered ultramafics composed of limonites, cherts and weathered ultramafics. In these formation ground water occurs under unconfined conditions in shallow aquifers and semi-confined to confined condition in deeper aquifers. Laterites capping crystalline and metasedimentary: In this type of setting the laterites cap the schistose quartzites. The laterites have high degree of effective porosity and form potential aquifers which are commonly tapped by dug wells. In these formations ground water occurs under unconfined conditions in shallow aquifers. The specific capacity of the dug well in laterites varies from 0.0016 m3 /min/metre to 0.2214 m3 /min/metre of draw down and the transmissivity varies from 3.2m 2 /day to 506m 2 /day. Water bearing properties of different formations vary widely. A brief account of the water bearing properties of different lithounits are described below. Crystalline and meta sedimentary formation: The yield potential of weathered and fractured aquifer in these formation are limited as compared to alluvium. The yield of dug wells in khondalites varies from 5 m3 /day to 25 m3 /day while in schistose quartzites, it varies from 6 m3 /day to 30 m3 /day and in granite, it ranges from 6 to 15 m3 /day. The specific capacity of dug well in these three hard Formations vary from 0.0034 to 0.0054 m3 /min/metre, 0.004 to 0.008 m3 /min/metre and 0.0037 to 0.007 m3 /min/metre of draw down respectively. The yield of bore wells in these formations is up to 5 lps. Alluvial formation : The yield of shallow and filter point tube wells in the alluvium varies 5 to 15 lps within a depth range of 25 to 60 metre below ground level. The transmissivity of shallow and deep aquifer varies from 234 m2 /day to 3112 m2 /day and 393 m2 /day to 4650 m2 /day. The yield of medium deep well in older alluvium

165

Page 166: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

varies from 20 to 40 lps where as in younger alluvium the yield of medium to deep tube well may go beyond 40 lps and the transmissivity varies from 393 to 4600 m2/day. Laterites capping weathered ultramafics: The yield of dug wells in such formations varies from 118 to 373 m3 /day. The specific capacity of the dug well varies from 0.82 m3 /min/metre to 0.260 m3 /min/metre draw down. The transmissivity of shallow aquifer constituted by laterites-limonites and chert varies from 40 m2 /day to 234 m2

/day. The yield of the bore wells/ tube well tapping the deeper aquifers varies from 1.5 to 12 lps. and the transmissivity of deep aquifer varies from 74 m2 /day to 91 m2

/day. From the exploration data of two exploratory wells drilled in these tracts by C.G.W.B., it is revealed that zone of saturation extent down to a depth of 66 m below which the highly limonitised and ultramafic rocks do not hold water. Laterites capping crystalline and metasedimentary: The specific capacity of the dug wells in laterites varies from 0.0016 m3/min/metres to 0.2214 m3 /min/metre of draw down and the transmissivity varies from 3.2 m2 /day to 506 m2 /day. 3.4.2.5 Ground Water Level in the Buffer Zone Depth to Water Table in the Buffer Zone: To evaluate the status of water table in the buffer zone moderately intensive well inventory has been carried out during April 2010 and November period. The wells of GWS & Govt. of Orissa and CGWB, Govt. of India falling around the buffer zone have been taken into account before preparing depth to water level and fluctuation maps.

Pre-Monsoon Depth to Water Level (2010): The pre-monsoon depth of water level in the study area varies from 4.46 mbgl at Jenapur to a maximum of 9.47 mbgl at Hatibari with the average of around 6.59 mbgl. The deeper water levels are mostly along the fringes of hillocks and mounds in the E & SSE sectors of the buffer zone. Around the core study area the depth to water level is confined within 6 – 7 meters below ground level. The depth is shown in the Map No. 13. Post-Monsoon Depth to Water Level (2010): The post-monsoon depth of water level in the study area varies from 1.41 mbgl at Duburi to a maximum of 3.63 mbgl at Danagadi with the average of around 2.55 mbgl. Minor part of the area suffers from water logging condition in the buffer zone. Around the project area the depth to water level is in the tune of 2 – 3 metre below ground level. The depth is shown in the Map No. 14.

166

Page 167: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No. 13

Map No. 14

167

Page 168: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Pre vs Post Monsoon Water level Fluctuation (2010): The seasonal fluctuation of depth to water level ranges from 2.87 m at Jenapur to a maximum of 6.94 m at Ambasar with an average of around 4.04 m. The entire area shows a rising trend. The highest rise in the water levels are mostly along the fringes of higher elevation which can be identified as recharge zones lying in the immediate north east vicinity of the project location. The majority of the area and around the core study area shows a rise of 3 - 4 m. The details are shown in the Map No. 15.

Map No. 15

Long Term Trend Analysis : Long term analysis of water level data reveals that there is no significant decline in the water level in either pre or post monsoon season and the area is categorized under safe category as per the Dynamic Ground Water Resource Estimation report published by Govt. of India and Department of Water Resources, Govt. of Orissa.

PUMPING TEST Site : Hatibari, District. : Jajpur Date : 08.06.2011 Depth : 88.50 mbgl Static Water Table : 7.69 mbgl

168

Page 169: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Depth of Lowering of Pump : 30 mbgl Duration of Pumping : 300 minutes Discharge (Constant) : 2.50 lps Drawdown : 18.46 m

Table No. 34

Time Since pumping started

Depth to water level (Meter)

Drawdown (Meter)

2 12.92 5.23 4 13.60 5.91 6 14.07 6.38 8 14.45 6.76 9 14.69 7.00

10 14.89 7.20 12 15.14 7.45 14 15.71 8.02 16 16.28 8.59 18 16.69 9.00 20 17.06 9.37 25 17.41 9.72 30 18.16 10.47 35 18.75 11.06 40 19.22 11.53 45 19.63 11.94 50 19.97 12.28 55 20.27 12.58 60 20.51 12.82 70 20.76 13.07 80 21.12 13.43 90 22.02 14.33

100 22.47 14.78 110 22.76 15.07 120 23.41 15.72 130 23.61 15.92 140 23.89 16.20 150 24.12 16.43 160 24.34 16.65 170 24.45 16.76 180 24.82 17.13 200 25.16 17.47 220 25.39 17.70 240 25.63 17.94 270 25.81 18.12 300 26.15 18.46

169

Page 170: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

The data was interpreted using Jacob’s method (Time Vs drawdown). The interpretation is shown in below diagram no. 08.

Diagram no. 08

From the analysis it appears that the average transmissivity of the Formation is in the tune of 7.83 m2/day.

DYNAMIC GROUNDWATER RESOURCES

The rainfall is the major source of ground water recharge in the study area / buffer zone. For estimation of ground water resources and stage of development in the buffer zone, GEC norms have been adopted and are described below:

Ground Water Recharge based on Rainfall Infiltration Method:

Total Area : 314 Sq. Km Area not suitable for recharge : 45 Sq. Km Area suitable for Recharge : 269 Sq. Km Average rainfall : 2256.6 mm Infiltration factor ; 11% Annual Recharge : 66.77 mcm

170

Page 171: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Ground Water Recharge based on Water Table Fluctuation Method: Area suitable for Recharge : 269 Sq. Km Mean Water Level Fluction : 4.04% Specific Yield : 6% Maximum Ground Water Recharge: 65.21 mcm

The ground water resource estimated by Water table fluctuation method is more but the difference with that estimated with Rainfall Infiltration method is less that 20%. Therefore as per the norms of GEC, WTF method is to be adopted.

Recharge through other sources: The additional recharge from surface water source is estimated as 30% of the applied water through surface water. As per the report of jajpur district, about 100 acre land is irrigated in the study area. If the gross irrigation requirement is taken as 50 cm/ha, total applied water will work out as 50 Ham. The return seepage will be 30% of 50 Ham i.e., 15 Ham or 0.15 mcm.

Hence Annual Ground Water Resource will be = 65.21 mcm + 0.15 mcm = 65.36 mcm

Ground Water Utilization: The main ground water use is for domestic, irrigation and industrial need. To estimate the ground water use, the total population and irrigated area has been worked are for census data of 2001 as described below:

Domestic Use

Total population (Census 2001 Projected) : 1,50,000 (Buffer Zone Per Capita : 135 liters/day Additional Drinking Water (Site) : 5,000 liters / day Annual Domestic Water use : 0.022 mcm

Irrigation Use: About 100 ha of land are being irrigated through ground water. Consider 0.5 m/ha of ground water use, total ground water need for irrigation works out to be 0.5 mcm.

Industrial Use: Several industries are in the process of being set up in the study area. We can safely assess that ground water for industrial need is about 5 mcm/year. Additionally, as per the safety requirement about 1,20,000 liters is needed for dust suppression etc. Thus roughly about 2.54 mcm will be utilized for industrial uses etc.

Total Ground Water Utilization

Domestic + Agricultural + Industrial use = (0.022+0.50+5.00+0.04) mcm = 5.57 mcm

171

Page 172: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Ground Water Balance Annual Resources = 65.36 mcm. Annual Utilization = 5.57 mcm Balance GW = 59.79 mcm

Stage of Ground Water Development = (Gross Ground Water Draft from all Uses / Net Ground Water Availability) X 100 % = (5.57 / 65.36) X 100 % = 9.31 %

Further there is no significant fall in long term trend of water level in the buffer zone, so the area is categorized as “Safe” from Ground Water Development perspective and there is tremendous scope for development. Thus groundwater development is very minimal and tremendous possibilities exist for future groundwater development in the buffer zone.

GROUND WATER CONSERVATION MEASURES

Even though level of ground water development in the study area is only 9.31 % efforts for conservation of ground water measures will be under taken. Zero tolerance approach for effluent discharge will be adopted. Appropriate groundwater conservation measures including roof top rainwater harvesting and artificial recharge to ground water will be initiated. Water conservation structures will be built in consultation with Regional Director, Central Ground Water Board, South Eastern Region, Bhubaneswar. Option for recycling and reuse of water will be explored to reduce the raw water requirement including usage of treated gray water for green belt development. Regular monitoring of groundwater level and quality would be carried out by establishing a network of existing wells and constructing new piezometers. Monitoring is proposed to be carried out 4 times a year in pre-monsoon (April), Monsoon (August), Post monsoon (November) and winter (January) seasons. Data so collected would be stored is computerized data base for easy retrieval and analysis. Data then collected would also be forwarded to Regional Director, Central Ground Water Board, South Eastern Region, Bhubaneswar. CONCLUSION: The proposed expansion project of Ferro Alloys Plant of M/s Misrilall Mines Private limited at Pankphal Village of Jajpur District has very limited need for water. The pre-monsoon depth of water level in the study area varies from 4.46 mbgl to a maximum of 9.47 mbgl with the average of around 6.59 mbgl.

The post-monsoon depth of water level in the study area varies from 1.41 mbgl to a maximum of 3.63 mbgl with the average of around 2.55 mbgl. Around the project area the depth to water level is in the tune of 2 - 3 meters below ground level. The seasonal fluctuation of depth to water level ranges from 2.87 m to a maximum of 6.94 m with an average of around 4.04 m. The majority of the area shows a rise of 2 – 4 m in general. The net annual groundwater availability is calculated to be 65.36 mcm while gross annual draft in the buffer zone is 5.57 mcm. The stage of development is 9.31% and the area is categorized as safe.

172

Page 173: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

3.4.3 Air Environment Ambient air quality study involves the determination of impact zones, developing a monitoring network and monitoring the existing status of ambient air quality within the impacted region which is 10 Km from the project site. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring was conducted at 08 (eight) selected locations in Core & Buffer zone as given in the Table No. – 35 and the monitoring locations are shown in Map No. 16. Ambient air samples were taken twice in a week during the period of monitoring which were March, April & May 2012 to assess the present ambient air quality status of the area both core and buffer. The present ambient air quality status in core area as well as buffer area is within the National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standard specified for residential and industrial areas.

Table No. – 35

Air Quality Sampling Stations

Station No.

Identification Location Direction from ML area

01 A1 Main Gate of Plant Premises Inside the plant premises 02 A2 Inside the proposed site Inside the plant premises 03 A3 Village Pankphal South of project site 04 A4 Village Jakhapura ENE of project site 05 A5 Village Hatibari WSW of project site 06 A6 Village Duburi NNW of project site 07 A7 Village Jenapur SSE of project site 08 A8 Village Golagaon West of Project site

Methodology: The sampling stations were chosen taking into consideration of all possible intervening factors and the criteria for selection of sampling stations relating to Ambient Air Quality Monitoring. The Indian Standards IS: 5182 were followed for the purpose. The frequency of monitoring for Ambient Air Quality was 24 hourly and also twice in a week for one season (i.e. Summer Season). Respirable dust samplers of Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. were used for collection of ambient air samples. The equipments are manufactured as per Indian Standards IS: 5182 and as per the specifications of Central Pollution Control. Procedures followed for collection of air samples from the above mentioned sampling stations for analysis of Particulate Matter (Size less than 10 µm) or PM10 µg/m3, PM2.5 (Size less than 2.5 µm) as per Indian Standards IS: 5182 Part 23, and Sulphur Dioxide (SO2 in µg/m3) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx in µg/m3) as Indian Standards IS: 5182 Part 2 & 6 respectively.

173

Page 174: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No – 16 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

174

Page 175: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Ambient Air Quality Results: The present ambient air quality status in core area as well as buffer area was within the National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standard specified for residential and industrial areas. The present ambient air quality with regards to PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx are shown in Table No. – 36 to Table No. – 43 and statistical summary of the total results obtained is given in Table No. 44.

Table No. - 36

Station A1 – Main Gate of Plant Premise Date of

Monitoring Analysis Result in µg/m3

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx 01.03.2012 66.16 37.69 4.36 2.78 03.03.2012 64.66 39.52 3.27 2.51 08.03.2012 69.49 37.89 3.74 3.14 10.03.2012 70.60 43.54 3.23 2.66 15.03.2012 67.60 40.13 3.92 3.47 17.03.2012 63.57 44.81 3.11 2.43 22.03.2012 67.71 42.62 4.47 3.32 24.03.2012 71.60 38.88 3.48 2.62 29.03.2012 67.42 44.01 3.70 3.27 31.03.2012 70.30 39.37 3.54 2.47 05.04.2012 65.47 44.19 3.40 2.72 07.04.2012 68.78 42.69 4.41 3.25 12.04.2012 71.33 38.57 3.56 3.03 14.04.2012 64.70 40.21 4.39 3.22 19.04.2012 67.19 43.17 4.22 3.14 21.04.2012 66.12 39.25 4.33 3.49 26.04.2012 68.70 44.61 3.42 2.17 28.04.2012 63.50 40.91 3.90 3.36 03.05.2012 67.83 43.53 4.30 3.56 05.05.2012 65.96 37.12 3.69 2.80

10.05.2012 65.35 39.89 3.56 3.11

12.05.2012 69.71 36.75 3.22 2.58

17.05.2012 70.93 44.05 3.17 2.94

19.05.2012 67.70 42.40 4.37 3.26

24.05.2012 69.57 38.97 3.78 3.30

26.05.2012 71.74 37.40 2.87 2.13

31.05.2012 70.25 32.62 2.90 2.16

Limits 100.0 60.0 80.0 80.0

175

Page 176: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No - 37 Station - A2: Proposed Area

Date of

Monitoring Analysis Result in µg/m3

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx 01.03.2012 66.02 42.31 3.38 2.67

03.03.2012 66.75 40.21 3.82 2.57

08.03.2012 63.59 39.52 3.11 1.57

10.03.2012 66.07 40.98 3.20 2.78

15.03.2012 68.21 38.53 3.72 2.64

17.03.2012 68.90 43.26 3.21 2.75

22.03.2012 68.22 36.76 2.96 2.01

24.03.2012 69.51 39.34 2.70 2.32

29.03.2012 64.58 43.25 3.87 2.11

31.03.2012 68.11 42.90 3.98 2.39

05.04.2012 66.55 39.16 3.60 2.62

07.04.2012 70.66 43.58 3.80 2.77

12.04.2012 63.38 36.93 3.97 2.46

14.04.2012 68.26 40.19 2.78 2.16

19.04.2012 69.48 39.71 2.92 1.99

21.04.2012 70.36 36.05 2.65 1.91

26.04.2012 65.12 38.23 3.82 2.37

28.04.2012 65.80 44.83 3.40 2.69

03.05.2012 71.73 37.21 3.21 2.61

05.05.2012 65.60 42.32 3.93 2.73

10.05.2012 71.42 38.20 3.89 3.19

12.05.2012 64.40 37.77 2.87 2.16

17.05.2012 69.49 43.49 3.55 2.25

19.05.2012 69.57 39.83 3.78 2.44

24.05.2012 63.70 43.28 3.87 2.15

26.05.2012 65.30 37.10 2.74 2.35

31.05.2012 62.35 31.50 2.15 2.80

Limits 100.0 60.0 80.0 80.0

176

Page 177: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No - 38 Station - A3: Village Pankphal

Date of

Monitoring Analysis Result in µg/m3

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx 01.03.2012 63.22 30.29 3.73 2.77

03.03.2012 69.58 25.68 2.46 1.98

08.03.2012 65.58 33.66 3.98 2.56

10.03.2012 70.70 35.99 2.48 1.69

15.03.2012 71.75 24.57 3.09 2.62

17.03.2012 66.80 30.62 3.92 1.97

22.03.2012 64.42 25.82 3.50 2.75

24.03.2012 67.15 36.54 3.06 1.72

29.03.2012 63.39 29.99 3.67 2.63

31.03.2012 69.75 24.89 2.88 1.88

05.04.2012 64.00 40.43 2.76 1.93

07.04.2012 66.27 36.77 2.46 1.83

12.04.2012 64.30 27.75 3.48 2.61

14.04.2012 69.49 40.53 3.72 2.58

19.04.2012 67.16 28.83 2.78 1.65

21.04.2012 71.77 32.37 3.02 1.64

26.04.2012 64.90 30.00 3.84 2.73

28.04.2012 67.85 42.80 3.87 2.98

03.05.2012 68.99 35.54 3.46 2.79

05.05.2012 63.74 27.86 3.99 2.39

10.05.2012 70.45 37.67 3.16 2.00

12.05.2012 66.94 33.71 3.02 2.17

17.05.2012 69.79 29.01 2.92 1.85

19.05.2012 66.11 29.90 3.18 2.64

24.05.2012 64.23 24.21 3.88 2.58

26.05.2012 71.27 31.14 3.21 2.24

31.05.2012 68.90 29.45 3.18 2.56

Limits 100.0 60.0 80.0 80.0

177

Page 178: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No - 39 Station - A4: Village Jakhapura

Date of

Monitoring Analysis Result in µg/m3

PM10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOx 01.03.2012 65.87 30.33 3.64 2.73

03.03.2012 69.35 23.08 3.95 2.25

08.03.2012 64.21 33.98 2.80 1.86

10.03.2012 71.66 37.53 2.94 2.63

15.03.2012 67.15 31.33 3.58 2.30

17.03.2012 63.34 28.77 3.17 2.46

22.03.2012 68.63 25.32 3.47 2.62

24.03.2012 63.95 27.45 2.46 2.02

29.03.2012 67.20 33.64 2.35 2.00

31.03.2012 67.63 29.70 3.01 2.32

05.04.2012 68.69 26.39 3.21 2.62

07.04.2012 66.47 32.36 3.06 2.25

12.04.2012 71.76 26.71 2.79 2.14

14.04.2012 67.51 23.00 3.86 2.46

19.04.2012 67.08 30.62 2.99 1.72

21.04.2012 63.50 33.17 3.04 1.51

26.04.2012 69.74 28.62 3.00 1.64

28.04.2012 66.05 25.94 2.65 2.09

03.05.2012 64.03 39.02 2.80 1.41

05.05.2012 66.11 29.68 3.08 2.36

10.05.2012 63.95 22.48 3.57 2.76

12.05.2012 70.68 25.60 3.10 2.45

17.05.2012 66.38 25.18 2.33 1.85

19.05.2012 65.53 34.20 2.48 1.93

24.05.2012 68.73 26.79 2.38 1.99

26.05.2012 65.75 30.21 2.32 1.79

31.05.2012 62.18 27.80 2.45 2.12

Limits 100.0 60.0 80.0 80.0

178

Page 179: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No - 40 Station - A5: Village Hatibari

Date of

Monitoring Analysis Result in µg/m3

PM10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOx 01.03.2012 67.73 24.95 2.73 1.64

03.03.2012 67.42 37.57 2.42 1.41

08.03.2012 64.57 29.12 2.79 2.01

10.03.2012 71.72 22.45 2.91 2.06

15.03.2012 68.50 42.45 2.47 1.80

17.03.2012 64.38 36.30 2.97 1.87

22.03.2012 71.42 28.46 3.14 1.78

24.03.2012 65.47 32.85 2.79 1.93

29.03.2012 63.39 23.82 2.96 1.88

31.03.2012 65.24 35.22 3.73 2.50

05.04.2012 69.42 28.25 2.26 1.44

07.04.2012 69.16 38.30 2.75 1.47

12.04.2012 63.41 33.72 2.52 1.88

14.04.2012 68.73 31.43 3.09 2.11

19.04.2012 64.16 24.90 1.87 1.39

21.04.2012 65.73 34.60 2.14 2.31

26.04.2012 70.88 40.19 2.79 1.99

28.04.2012 68.04 36.95 2.85 2.67

03.05.2012 71.15 25.12 2.36 1.90

05.05.2012 68.53 38.50 2.08 1.88

10.05.2012 70.68 36.14 2.46 2.56

12.05.2012 69.31 26.57 2.76 2.24

17.05.2012 64.78 30.39 3.77 2.70

19.05.2012 66.34 34.77 2.94 2.14

24.05.2012 70.40 37.65 2.66 2.02

26.05.2012 63.39 32.38 2.15 1.56

31.05.2012 62.90 31.54 2.45 2.20

Limits 100.0 60.0 80.0 80.0

179

Page 180: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No - 41 Station - A6: Village Duburi

Date of Monitoring

Analysis Result in µg/m3 PM10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOx

01.03.2012 69.58 33.28 3.10 2.24 03.03.2012 63.94 30.68 2.43 2.49

08.03.2012 68.63 38.07 2.94 2.11

10.03.2012 63.32 34.39 2.23 1.78

15.03.2012 67.15 31.31 2.49 2.35

17.03.2012 65.66 27.96 3.04 2.25

22.03.2012 64.88 33.13 2.79 2.63

24.03.2012 71.78 32.65 3.09 2.16

29.03.2012 71.32 39.03 3.35 2.88

31.03.2012 64.51 36.51 3.01 2.79

05.04.2012 71.66 40.24 2.93 1.88

07.04.2012 67.91 33.06 2.44 2.40

12.04.2012 64.16 32.38 3.06 2.00

14.04.2012 70.23 38.40 2.79 2.26

19.04.2012 63.23 35.31 3.02 2.50

21.04.2012 66.14 41.35 3.87 2.62

26.04.2012 69.35 30.80 2.92 2.00

28.04.2012 63.55 38.79 2.65 2.44

03.05.2012 69.64 33.59 3.09 2.65

05.05.2012 68.91 36.98 3.00 2.58

10.05.2012 63.23 31.35 3.71 2.21

12.05.2012 68.75 38.46 3.10 2.67

17.05.2012 65.27 30.32 2.94 2.31

19.05.2012 66.61 40.10 3.54 2.46

24.05.2012 71.40 34.00 2.70 2.76

26.05.2012 64.88 36.08 3.30 3.22

31.05.2012 61.80 32.41 3.15 2.75

Limits 100.0 60.0 80.0 80.0

180

Page 181: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No - 42 Station - A7: Village Jenapur

Date of

Monitoring Analysis Result in µg/m3

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

01.03.2012 69.76 36.09 3.11 2.63

03.03.2012 64.83 41.54 2.14 1.97

08.03.2012 63.32 31.98 2.82 2.11

10.03.2012 70.69 40.07 3.54 2.70

15.03.2012 66.11 27.41 3.22 2.65

17.03.2012 67.56 34.05 3.19 2.39

22.03.2012 64.72 37.06 2.77 2.18

24.03.2012 71.26 29.22 2.45 2.42

29.03.2012 69.60 44.21 2.26 1.41

31.03.2012 67.12 31.70 2.41 2.37

05.04.2012 63.37 39.89 3.09 2.28

07.04.2012 70.21 36.92 3.00 2.08

12.04.2012 65.31 43.19 2.79 2.00

14.04.2012 69.02 29.89 2.91 2.32

19.04.2012 71.50 40.54 2.94 2.70

21.04.2012 63.98 33.01 2.62 1.80

26.04.2012 64.49 26.77 2.91 2.44

28.04.2012 66.14 33.89 2.49 2.25

03.05.2012 69.40 41.24 3.09 2.13

05.05.2012 63.59 28.88 2.98 2.68

10.05.2012 70.08 36.19 2.58 2.46

12.05.2012 65.74 30.17 2.03 2.04

17.05.2012 64.29 36.43 2.94 2.24

19.05.2012 67.28 42.70 2.79 2.61

24.05.2012 71.60 33.75 3.24 2.37

26.05.2012 66.61 39.20 3.10 2.39

31.05.2012 65.32 29.50 3.42 3.12

Limits 100.0 60.0 80.0 80.0

181

Page 182: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No – 43 Station – A8: Village Golagaon

Date of Monitoring

Analysis Result in µg/m3

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx 01.03.2012 67.71 34.20 2.66 2.51

03.03.2012 71.56 36.00 3.11 2.24

08.03.2012 63.97 20.56 2.98 2.00

10.03.2012 69.08 40.50 2.83 1.86

15.03.2012 63.58 35.10 2.41 2.69

17.03.2012 65.70 36.90 2.14 1.72

22.03.2012 71.54 33.30 2.70 2.07

24.03.2012 68.26 29.70 3.15 2.21

29.03.2012 70.45 30.60 2.80 2.79

31.03.2012 69.73 38.70 2.67 2.39

05.04.2012 65.01 33.30 2.96 1.79

07.04.2012 68.19 34.20 2.38 1.41

12.04.2012 70.80 30.60 2.74 2.31

14.04.2012 63.03 37.80 2.14 2.00

19.04.2012 64.42 39.60 3.10 2.57

21.04.2012 67.31 41.40 2.42 2.37

26.04.2012 71.71 30.60 2.14 2.07

28.04.2012 64.41 32.40 3.20 2.48

03.05.2012 68.68 34.20 3.00 2.18

05.05.2012 63.98 36.00 2.15 1.95

10.05.2012 68.11 31.50 2.70 2.38

12.05.2012 66.43 33.30 2.27 1.45

17.05.2012 69.91 35.10 2.16 1.98

19.05.2012 65.30 36.90 2.42 1.50

24.05.2012 63.36 38.70 1.95 1.97

26.05.2012 68.05 31.70 2.81 1.56

31.05.2012 62.18 28.65 2.30 2.38

Limits 100.0 60.0 80.0 80.0

182

Page 183: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No – 44 PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOx levels in Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Misrilall Mines Pvt. Ltd., Ferro Alloys Division Location

ID LOCATION PM10 in µg/m3 PM2.5 µg/m3 SO2 in µg/m3 NOx in µg/m3 Max Min 98% Max Min 98% Max Min 98% Max Min 98%

A1 Main Gate of Plant Premises

71.74 63.50 71.67 44.81 36.75 44.71 4.47 2.87 4.44 3.56 2.13 3.53

A2 Inside the proposed site 71.73 63.38 71.58 44.83 36.05 44.21 3.98 2.65 3.98 3.19 1.57 2.99

A3 Village Pankphal 71.77 63.22 71.76 42.80 24.21 41.67 3.99 2.46 3.99 2.98 1.64 2.89

A4 Village Jakhapura 71.76 63.34 71.71 39.02 22.48 38.28 3.95 2.32 3.91 2.76 1.41 2.75

A5 Village Hatibari 71.72 63.39 71.57 42.45 22.45 41.32 3.77 1.87 3.75 2.70 1.39 2.69

A6 Village Duburi 71.78 63.23 71.72 41.35 27.96 40.80 3.87 2.23 3.79 3.22 1.78 3.05

A7 Village Jenapur 71.60 63.32 71.55 44.21 26.77 43.70 3.54 2.03 3.39 2.70 1.41 2.70

A8 Village Golagaon 71.71 63.03 71.64 41.40 20.56 40.95 3.20 1.95 3.18 2.79 1.41 2.74

183

Page 184: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

3.4.3.1 Poly Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH) content in the Suspended Particulate Matter in the Ambient Air

The samples were collected in the study area and submitted at Orissa State Pollution Control Board Laboratory. The result obtained is given in Exhibit No. 12 & 13 as follows.

Exhibit No. 12

184

Page 185: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Exhibit No. 13

185

Page 186: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

3.4.4 Noise Environment Ambient Noise Level

The ambient noise scenario within the study area was monitored at 08 (eight) observation stations as given below in Table No. – 45 and locations of observations are shown in Map No. 17 covering the project area and residential areas of the study area.

Table No. – 45 Ambient Noise Quality Observation Stations

Station No.

Identification Location Direction from ML area

01 N1 Main Gate of Plant Premises Inside the plant premises

02 N2 Inside the proposed site Inside the plant premises

03 N3 Village Pankphal South of project site

04 N4 Village Jakhapura ENE of project site

05 N5 Village Hatibari WSW of project site

06 N6 Village Duburi NNW of project site

07 N7 Village Jenapur SSE of project site

08 N8 Village Golagaon West of Project site Methodology: The LTT Lutron SL - 4010 Digital Sound Level Meter was the equipment used for measurement of ambient sound / noise level. Measurements were taken on alternate days during the monitoring season (summer 2012) in day time and night time at each of the locations. On site field measurement procedure was adopted for the measurement Observations: Noise level study involves measuring the present status of noise levels within the impact zone, and prediction of future noise levels resulting from the project and related activities including increase in vehicular movement. The noise levels measured (averaged over the period) at the various stations during the study period in core as well as buffer zone are illustrated in the Table No – 46. The prescribed standards are given in Table No. – 47. These figures show the present noise level of the area. The ambient noise level is mostly due to the vehicular movement during the peak hour of the day and commercial activities in the area.

186

Page 187: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No. – 17 Noise Level Observation Station

187

Page 188: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 46 Seasonal Average Ambient Noise Level in the Study Area

Sl. No.

Station Code Name of the Station Area

Category Leq [dB(A)]

Day Night

01 N1 Main Gate of Plant Premises Industrial 68.2 62.6

02 N2 Inside the proposed site Industrial 62.8 58.2

03 N3 Village Pankphal Residential 50.3 40.6

04 N4 Village Jakhapura Residential 52.5 40.4

05 N5 Village Hatibari Residential 45.4 38.6

06 N6 Village Duburi Residential 50.8 42.6

07 N7 Village Jenapur Residential 52.8 40.2

08 N8 Village Golagaon Residential 48.4 40.8

Table No. – 47

Ambient Noise Level Standards

Area Code

Category of Area / Zone

Limits in dB(A) Leq Day Time

(6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m.)

Night Time (10.00 p.m. to 6.00

a.m.) A Industrial Area 75 70

B Commercial Area 65 55

C Residential Area 55 45

D Silence Zone 50 40

Existing Ambient Noise Quality : Day time equivalent noise level in the study area varied between 48.4 to 68.2 dB(A) whereas the corresponding night time equivalent noise level ranged between 40.2 to 62.6 dB(A). The maximum of 68.2 dB (A) noise level was observed at the station no N1, the existing plant premises. And the minimum of 40.2 dB (A) noise level was observed at the station no. N7 at village Jenapur in the night time. With the observed readings the following diagram is prepared (Diagram No. -09). From the diagram it is seen that ambient noise level during daytime & night time at all the monitoring locations are within the stipulated standards.

188

Page 189: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Diagram No. – 09 (Noise Level of the Study Area)

3.4.5 Biological Environment

3.4.5.1 Flora (Vegetation) and Fauna in the Study Area Baseline data covering both flora and fauna comprising the terrestrial ecology were compiled using both the available official reports and published literature, supplemented by extensive field study. The fauna was listed and its relative abundance determined while at the same time steps taken to identify any rare and endangered species in the area. An ecological survey of the study area was conducted with reference to listing of species and assessment of the existing baseline ecological (Terrestrial and Aquatic Ecosystems) conditions. Considering the rich bio-diversity of organisms and their role in productivity and their importance in human livelihood, it is vital to protect and safeguard these dynamic ecosystems. A detailed study of the area was undertaken in 10 Kms radius within the study area. Terrestrial Flora: The major crops in the villages within the study area are rice and those crops mainly dependent on rains and drainage system of Baitarani and its tributary system. The observed plant species in and around the project site are presented in the Table No. 48.

189

Page 190: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. 48 Plant Species in the Study Area

Sl. No. Local Name Scientific Name

01 Sal Shorea robusta

02 Akasia Acacia auriculaeformis

03 Bel Aegle marmelos

04 Siris Albizia Lebbeck

05 Tentra, Dhal Siris Albizia Procera

06 Dhaura Anogeissus latifolia

07 Kanchana Bauhinia variegate

08 Arakh Calotropis procera

09 Chakunda Cassia siamea

10 Jhaun Casuarinas equesetifolia

11 Amba Mangifera indica

12 Baula Mimusops elangi

13 Debberu Polyalthia longifolia

14 Anla Emblica officinalis

15 Dimiri Ficus Glomerata

16 Pipal Ficus relisiosa

17 Tentuli Tamarindus jujube

18 Barakoli Zizyphus jujube

19 Jack Fruit Auto Carpus Heterophylus

20 Neem Azadirachta Indica

21 Sunari Cassia fistula

22 Karanj Pongamia pinnata

23 Babul Acacia Arabica

24 Tinia Albizia odorattissima

25 Sijju Euphorbia nivula

190

Page 191: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Endangered Plant: Documents referred on the subject for which survey conducted prior to this present study to know the presence of any endangered / threatened / endemic plant species in plant area and surrounding 10Km of radius. The study area did not record the presence of any critically threatened species. The records of Botanical Survey of India and Forest Department also did not indicate presence of any endangered and or vulnerable species in this area. Terrestrial Fauna: Just as wild flora needs special treatment for preservation and growth, wild fauna as well deserves specific conservatory pursuits for posterity. Unfortunately, our past efforts had been unscientific in rearing and preserving our valuable heritage resulting in dwindling of many interesting species, which the nature had bestowed on us. Generally in the present scenario the broad spectrum of colorful fauna is fading and the same species are facing extinction. Environmental changes through deforestation, rapid urbanization and subsequent destruction of old habitats have been of alarmingly high magnitude during the recent past, which has totally disturbed the balance between mortality and reproduction. Some threatened fauna are biologically handicapped through an imbibed low rate of reproduction by nature. Fragmentation of population also weakens the vitality of the species and normal reproduction process is threatened leading to extinction. However, the situation is not so critical in the study area. The presence of Wild life in the buffer area is witness by the villagers as information received from the local inhabitants during the study period. Available species of fauna are given in Table No. – 49.

Table No – 49 Species of Fauna Present in Study Area

Sl. No. Common Name Scientific Name A. Mammals

01 Bat Rhinolopus spp.

02 Rat Rattus sp.

03 Bear Melrsus ursinus

04 Elephant Elephasi indicus

05 Mongoose Herpestes auropunctatus

06 Squirrel Funambulus pennanti

07 Monkey Meccaca mulata

08 Jackals Canis aureus

09 Rabbit Oryctolagus cuniculus

10 Wild Pig Sus sucrofa

11 Wild Fox Vulpus benghalensis

191

Page 192: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

B. Birds

01 Dove Streptopelia decorate

02 Parrot Psittacula cupatri

03 Peacock Pavo cristatus

04 Pigeon Columba livia

05 Crow Corvus splendons

06 Cuckoo Magalaima merulimus

07 Owl Bubo Bubo

08 Weaver Bird Ploceus Philippines

09 Common Myna Acridotheres tristicus

C. Amphibians 01 Common Frog Rana Tigriana

02 Toad Buto melanosticus

03 Tree frog Hyla goeldii

D. Reptiles

01 Common Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor

02 Krait Bangasrus spp.

03 Indian Cobra Naja Naja

04 Python Pythan

E. Fish 01 Magura Clarias batrachus 02 Gadisha -

03 Kantia -

04 Prawn - 05 Pohala - 06 Rohu Labeo Rohita

07 Bhakuda - 08 Kau - 09 Kerandi -

192

Page 193: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

3.4.5.2 National Park / Sanctuary / Schedule – I Fauna There is no Sanctuaries, National Parks, Tiger Reserve or Biosphere Reserve exist within 10 Km of radius from the project site. Elephant Corridors: The nearest elephant corridor is within Mahanadi Elephant Reserve and the distance is more than 10.00 Kilometers towards West of the project area. Simlipal Tiger Reserve: This is one of the National parks of India situated in Mayurbhanj district in Odisha. It is spread over an area of 2,750 sq.kms and was chosen by the Project tiger for conserving the country's depleting tiger population. The distance of this Similipal Tiger Reserve is 87.6 Kilometers from the project area towards east direction. Debrigarh Sanctuary: With an area of 346.91 sq. kms, the Debrigarh wildlife sanctuary is located in the Baragarh district. One can track important fauna like tiger, leopard, hyena, bison, sambar, spotted deer, chousingha, resident and migratory birds, monitor lizard, chameleon etc. in this sanctuary. The distance of the said sanctuary is 244.1 kilometers from the project area. Satkosia George Sanctuary: This sanctuary was established in 1976 and the total sanctuary area is about 745.52 sq. kms. This sanctuary is at a distance of 58 kms from Angul. About 10 kms to the south of the George at Purnakote and Labangi, Gharials have made their home in the Mahanadi River and this sanctuary was established primarily to protect these crocodiles, an endangered species. The distance of the said sanctuary is 125.24 kilometers from the project area. Bhitarakanika Sanctuary: It is called 'a slice of paradise on the earth and is one of the best sanctuaries in India .It is situated in the second largest mangrove forest in the country and provides an ideal habitat for reptiles including crocodiles, sea turtles and water monitor Lizards. This sanctuary which is located slightly away from the Gahirmatha Sanctuary has protected the estuarine crocodile and its habitat since 1975. The distance of the said sanctuary is 74.92 kilometers from the project area. As the project area is not within the sensitive zone of the nearest wild life reserve / national park / wild life sanctuary, thus no clearance is required. However, considering the existence of elephant corridor near the study area, the said project authority will take various steps to protect, not to disturb any animal in the area in general. And also the company will be participating and supporting various activities of the Forest department in the area on wild life conservation and protection from time to time. A Map showing the above features is given in the Map No. – 18.

193

Page 194: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No. – 18 Location Map of Wildlife Reserves/Parks in Odisha

194

Page 195: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

3.4.6 Demography and Socio Economic Environment

The growth of industrial sectors and infrastructure developments in and around the agriculture dominant areas, villages and towns is bound to create its impact on the socio-economic aspects of the local population. The impacts may be positive or negative depending upon the developmental activity. To assess the impacts on the socio-economics of the local people, it is necessary to study the existing socio-economic status of the local population, which will be helpful for making efforts to further improve the quality of life in the area of study. To study the socio-economic aspects of people in the study area around the proposed expansion project, the required data has been collected from various secondary sources. The sociological aspects of this study include human settlements, demography, socially backward class such as scheduled castes and scheduled tribes and literacy levels, infrastructure facilities available in the study area are also discussed as well the economic aspects including occupational structure of workers. The information on socio-economic aspects of the study area has been compared with the same as a whole with Jajpur District. It is derived from secondary sources, which mainly include Census Records of 2001 Census. Various Demographical aspects of Jajpur district as a whole are presented in the following Table No. – 50 to Table No. – 60 and the population of the study area are described in the Table No. 61.

Table No. - 50 Socio Economic Features in respect of Population

Total population

(No)

SC Population

(No)

ST Population

(No)

% of Urban

Population

Sex Ratio (Females Per 1000

male) (No)

Density of Population Per Sq. Km

16,23,000 317000 103000 4.49 973 560

Table No.-51

Socio-economic Features in respect of literacy in Study Area

Male Female Total SC (1991 Census)

ST (1991 Census)

82.69 61.45 72.19 35.53 16.04

Table No. - 52

Area and Population (Jajpur Dist.)

No. of Residential

Houses No. of

Households Inhabited Villages

Un Inhabited Villages

Total

214027 225871 1560 221 1781

195

Page 196: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No.- 53 Land Utilization Pattern in Different Blocks of Jajpur District (2000-2001)

Land Use Area in Hectares

Forest Area 7711 Mise. Tree crops & Groves not included in net area sown 5105

Permanent pasture & other grazing land 11899

Culturable waste 8826

Land put to non agriculturable uses 44668

Barren and uncultivable land 15021

Current Follows 11118

Other follows 13036

Net area shown 145190 Note: The estimate excludes urban area, Reserve Forests, protected forests, Project area, Hill Blocks, Villages submerged under River and sea.

Table No.- 54 Land Utilization Pattern in Study Area

Land use/ Land cover Area in sq km % of Total Area

Settlement 58.165 18.507

Reserve Forest/Protected Forest 30.260 9.628

Village Forest 40.235 12.805

Plantation/Other Trees 50.145 15.955

Road 25.105 7.987

Railway Line 20.120 6.401

Water Body 30.135 9.588

Waste land 60.120 19.129

Total 314.285 100 The Land Utilization of the study area is shown in the Map No. 19

196

Page 197: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No. – 19 Land Use Map of the Study Area

197

Page 198: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No.- 55

Agricultural Credit Co-operative Societies (Rs. In Lakhs) in 2000 – 2001 in Jajpur District

No. of

Societies Membership

(No.) Working Capital

Loans advanced

Loans Overdue

Loans outstanding

122 1741,01 6702,18 447,43 1203,49 4782,99

Table No.- 56

Wholesale, Primary and Students Consumer Co-operative Stores (Rs. In Lakhs) in 2000 – 2001 in Jajpur District

No. of Stores

No. of Branches

Membership (in No.)

Paid up capital by Govt.

Value of Purchase

Value of Sale

Profit (+)

18 18 4532 59.00 35.64 36.44 (+) 0.79

Table No.- 57

Details of Small Scale Industries, Cottage and Handloom Industries

Year 1998 - 1999 1999 - 2000 2000 - 2001

SSI Industries 142 185 167

Cottage Industries 2083 - 3

Handloom Industries 15752 9676 11915

Table No.- 58

No. of Primary School, Middle School, Secondary School & Colleges

Year Primary School Middle School Secondary

School Colleges

1999 – 2000 1295 592 389 53

2000 - 2001 1295 592 389 53

198

Page 199: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No.- 59 Rural and Urban Literacy Rate by Sex

All Classes Rural Urban

Person Male Female Person Male Female Person Male Female

72.19 82.69 61.45 71.70 82.37 60.83 82.37 89.09 74.92

Table No.- 60 Medical Institutions and Dispensaries

Type

Medical CollegesDistrict Head

Quarter Hospital

Other Hospital /

Dispensaries

Community Health Centre

Primary Health Centre

Mobile Health Units

Total

Allopathic 01 03 04 60 01 69 Homoeopathic - 15 - - - 15 Ayurvedic - 19 - - - 19 The district Jajpur is bounded by Latitude 200.43’ to 210.10’ N and Longitude - 850.40’ to 860.44’ E. The total area covered: 2887.69 Sq. Kms. The number of Revenue sub-division of the district is one. Numbers of Tahalsil are 10 nos. These are Jajpur, Sukinda, Dharmasala, Darpan, Binjharpur, Bari, Rasulpur, Dangadi, Vyasanagar,and Dasarathapur. The numbers of blocks are also 10 nos. These are Jajpur, Dasarathpur, Bari, Binjharpur, Badachana, Dharmasala, Rasulpur, Korei, Danagadi and Sukinda. The numbers of Urban Local Bodies are Jajpur and Vysanagar. There are 280 numbers of village Gram Panchayats in nall over the district. The numbers of villages are 1781 excluding 39 villages under Municipalities. The population in 2001 census is estimated as 1622868. The proportion of males and females is calculated to be 1000: 973. The population density is found to be maximum in Barchana, Dharamshala and Dasrathpur and the least in Dhangadi block under which the study area falls.

Among the vegetables, the saru, the brinjal, pumpkins of many kinds and onions are the most important. Arrowroot is said to be grown by native Christians only. Among the fruits the plantains, mangoes, pineapples, jack, bail, tamarind, Indian plum and custard apple are grown. Communication is available both in the roadways. On all its accounts Jajpur district is splendid and magnificent. It is picturesque, centrally situated, commercially viable and politically determining. The Population, literacy & gender wise population in the study area are shown in the Map No.20, 21 & 22 respectively.

199

Page 200: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No. – 20 Population Distribution in the Study Area

200

Page 201: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No. – 21 Literacy of Population Distribution Map

201

Page 202: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No. – 22 Gender wise Population Distribution Map

202

Page 203: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 61 List of Villages & Population in the Study Area

Sl. No

Name of the Villages Male Female Total Literate Illiterate

1 ABHAYAPUR 402 354 756 314 442 2 AMBASAR 466 501 967 451 516 3 ANKURPAL 313 314 627 165 462 4 BARHAGARIA 1252 1164 2416 1425 991 5 BALUNGABANDI 392 378 770 432 338 6 BANJA 454 423 877 500 377 7 CHAKUA 243 230 473 366 107 8 CHANDIA 811 810 1621 478 1143 9 DHAUPANKHI 170 185 355 201 154

10 DUBURI 1424 1274 2698 1516 1182 1 DHULIGARH 1075 978 2053 837 1216

12 GOPALPUR 122 115 237 189 48 13 JHUMPAN 170 166 336 264 72 14 KAITHA 902 865 865 1150 617 15 KUSUNPUR 148 131 279 193 86 16 KANTIPUR 269 251 520 270 250 17 KACHIHRIGAN 249 245 494 113 381 18 KUMBHIRAGARIA 856 790 1646 1103 543 19 KALAMATIA 1178 1131 2309 1358 951 20 MANGALPUR 631 603 1234 667 567 21 MANAGOBINDPUR 750 707 1457 850 607 22 MANGARAJPUR 236 209 445 328 117 23 MARUTIKAR 851 817 1668 757 911 24 MARTHAPUR 389 378 767 585 182 25 NIMAPALI 1044 975 2019 960 1059 26 NUAGAN 166 163 329 140 189 27 OLIA 553 507 1060 429 631 28 PANKAPAL 3 0 3 3 0 29 RABANA 861 789 1650 1139 511 30 RAGHUNATHPUR 475 481 956 562 394 31 SARANGPUR 802 873 1675 1084 591 32 SANTARAPUR 185 189 374 267 107 33 SUKARANA 628 580 1208 495 713

Total 18470 17576 36046 19591 16455

203

Page 204: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

3.4.7 Site Specific Meteorological Data Meteorological conditions prevailing at any geographical area play an important role in analyzing its existing air quality and the environmental conditions. Climate, weathers and other meteorological parameters generally influence and also alter site-specific activities. In this section we therefore have given both past records of meteorological data, which is averaged over a period of thirty years by India Meteorological Department. And on-site meteorological data of standard parameters such as wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity and rain fall for the study period. The extrapolated 30 years average IMD data for all the four seasons with respect to the proposed site are used for prediction of Ground Level Concentrations using AERMOD model, which is an EPA approved model. The Past Meteorological records of IMD, New Delhi that is averaged over a period 30 years as explained above are also given in the Table No – 62 to 65. The wind roses are prepared using this secondary hourly data and given in Diagram No. – 10 to 14.

Table No. - 62 Annual climatic data in the study area

SEAS

ON

Month

Mean Air Temperature in 0C Relative Humidity in %

Cloud Cover age in Oktas

Rain Fall in mm

Wind Speed in Km/h Dry

Bulb Wet Bulb

Daily Max

Daily Min

Highest in the month

Lowest in the month

SUM

MER

MAR I II

26.2 22.4 35.9 22.1 39.9 18.2

73 2.5 19.5 5.6

32.2 22.3 41 2.4

APR I II

29.7 25.3 38.3 25.3 41.8 21.6

71 2.3 27.0 7.7

33.2 25.0 50 4.0

MAY I II

31.4 26.8 38.8 26.9 43.4 22.5

71 4.2 71.8 9.1

33.5 26.8 58 4.5

JUN I II

30.2 26.6 35.8 26.5 42.1 23.4

76 5.1 214.6 7.2

31.6 26.6 69 6.2

204

Page 205: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

M

ON

SOO

N

JUL I II

28.6 26.0 31.6 25.6 35.3 23.3

83 6.6 355.1 6.7

28.7 26.3 81 6.9

AUG I II

28.5 26.0 31.6 25.6 34.3 23.5

83 6.4 364.5 6.1

28.7 26.3 81 6.8

SEP I II

28.7 26.0 32.2 25.5 34.8 23.6

83 5.5 252.1 4.8

29.0 26.3 80 6.1

OCT I II

27.4 24.3 32.0 23.7 34.5 20.1

79 3.8 167.6 4.3

28.4 24.6 72 4.8

WIN

TER

NOV I II

22.9 19.6 30.1 18.8 32.6 14.6

74 2.3 41.4 3.3

26.4 21.1 59 2.7

DEC I II

19.1 16.4 28.4 15.5 31.0 12.0

77 1.7 4.7 2.6

24.6 18.5 52 1.8

JAN I II

19.0 16.6 28.9 15.7 31.9 11.8

80 1.7 10.4 2.9

25.6 18.8 48 1.7

FEB I II

22.0 19.0 31.5 18.2 35.7 13.9

76 2.2 28.5 3.8

29.0 20.4 43 2.1

Annual Total or

Mean

I 26.1 22.9 32.9 22.5 44.3 11.3

77 3.7 1557.2 5.3

II 29.2 23.6 61 4.2

205

Page 206: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 63 Frequency Distribution of Wind Pattern in the Study Area

SEAS

ON

MONTH

WIND No. of Days Wind Speed in Km/h Percentage no. Of days wind from

62 or more

20 -61

1-19 0 N NE E SE S SW W NW CALM

SUM

MER

MAR I 0 0 13 18 1 3 3 1 5 15 9 2 61

II 0 2 22 8 1 1 2 7 30 21 4 5 29

APR I 0 1 18 12 1 1 2 1 15 27 10 1 42

II 0 2 25 3 0 1 2 5 38 37 3 1 13

MAY I 0 0 19 11 0 1 1 1 18 33 7 1 38

II 0 1 25 4 1 2 2 5 36 37 2 1 14

JUN I 0 0 14 16 2 1 1 1 6 18 16 3 52

II 0 0 18 11 1 2 2 5 17 24 10 3 36

MO

NSO

ON

JUL I 0 0 16 15 2 4 2 1 4 19 15 4 49

II 0 0 17 14 1 2 1 3 8 21 14 3 47

AUG I 0 0 15 16 1 3 2 1 2 14 17 6 54

II 0 0 14 17 1 1 2 2 9 16 13 2 54

SEP I 0 0 12 18 1 5 4 1 7 9 12 6 60

II 0 0 12 18 1 4 4 5 2 10 6 2 61

OCT I 0 0 12 19 4 11 3 1 1 3 8 7 62

II 0 0 11 20 1 9 7 5 3 3 3 2 67

WIN

TER

NOV I 0 0 12 18 3 10 3 0 0 4 10 6 64

II 0 0 6 24 1 8 7 2 0 0 0 1 81

DEC I 0 0 10 21 5 6 2 1 0 2 9 5 70

II 0 0 6 25 3 3 5 3 1 0 1 2 82

JAN I 0 0 9 22 3 7 4 1 0 2 7 4 72

II 0 0 8 23 1 3 5 5 4 4 2 2 74

FEB I 0 0 9 19 3 8 4 1 1 4 7 4 68

II 0 1 13 15 2 3 5 4 12 10 4 4 56

Annual Total or Mean

I 0 1 159 205 2 5 2 1 4 13 11 4 58

II 0 6 177 182 1 3 4 4 14 15 5 3 51

206

Page 207: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. - 64 Mean Monthly Weather Phenomena

SEASON MONTH

WEATHER PHENOMENA

No. OF DAYS WITH PPT 0.3mm or more

HAIL THUNDER FOG DUST STORM SQUALL

SUMMER

MAR 2 0 2 1.0 0.2 0

APR 3 0.1 4 3 3 0

MAY 6 0.1 7 0 1.2 0

JUN 14 0 9 0 0.4 0

MONSOON

JUL 21 0 5 0 0 0

AUG 21 0 7 0 0 0

SEP 17 0 7 0 0 0

OCT 10 0 5 0 0 0

WINTER

NOV 2 0 0.5 3 0 0

DEC 0.8 0 0.1 0.5 0 0

JAN 0.9 0 0.1 3 0 0

FEB 1.9 0 1.0 3 0.2 0

Annual Total or Mean 100 0.2 48 13 5 0

207

Page 208: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. 65 Micrometeorological Features

SE

AS

ON

MO

NTH

CLOUD VISIBILITY No. OF DAYS WITH CLOUD AMOUNT (ALL CLOUDS) in OKTAS

No. OF DAYS WITH LOW CLOUD AMOUNT in OKTAS No. OF DAYS WITH VISIBILITY

0 T - 2

3 - 5

6 - 7

8 0 T - 2

3 - 5

6 - 7

8 FOG

8 U

p to

1

Km

1-

4 K

m

4 -

10

Km

10

- 20

K

m

Ove

r 20

K

m

SU

MM

ER

MAR

I 14 4 6 4 3 23 2 4 1 0 1 0.8 3 4 6 17

II 14 5 6 4 2 26 3 1 1 0 0 0 0.8 4 6 20

APR I 9 6 9 4 2 19 3 6 2 0 0 0 1.7 4 5 19

II 5 5 9 7 4 21 4 3 1 1 0 0.1 1.8 4 7 17

MAY I 5 5 11 6 4 17 5 6 2 1 0 0 0.7 5 7 18

II 2 6 11 6 6 22 4 3 1 1 0 0.2 2 5 8 16

JUN I 1 2 8 8 11 17 4 6 1 2 0 0.4 1.2 5 8 16

II 1 2 6 7 14 15 6 6 1 2 0 0.4 1.6 6 9 13

M

ON

SO

ON

JUL I 0 1 6 8 16 15 4 7 2 3 0 1.0 0.8 5 10 14

II 0 1 4 8 18 14 4 8 2 3 0 0.7 1.4 6 11 12

AUG I 0 2 6 9 14 16 3 7 2 3 0 0.6 1.0 4 10 15

II 0 0 5 8 18 12 5 8 3 3 0 0.8 1.4 6 11 12

SEP I 1 4 8 8 9 15 5 7 1 2 0 0.2 0.8 3 9 17 II 0 2 8 8 12 10 6 10 1 3 0 0.4 1.2 4 11 13

OCT I 7 6 9 5 4 19 5 5 1 1 0 0.3 0.9 3 7 20 II 4 5 7 7 8 16 6 5 2 2 0 0.3 0.8 6 10 14

WIN

TER

NOV I 14 5 6 3 2 27 1 1 0 1 0 0.3 2 3 7 18

II 12 6 6 3 3 25 3 1 0 1 0 0 0.7 7 13 9

DEC I 19 4 4 2 2 30 0 1 0 0 0 0.5 4 4 7 16

II 16 6 5 2 2 29 1 1 0 0 0 0 0.9 7 14 9

JAN I 18 4 4 3 2 27 1 1 1 0 1 1.8 5 3 8 134

II 15 6 6 3 1 27 2 1 1 0 0 0 0.2 5 12 1

FEB I 15 3 4 3 3 22 1 2 1 1 1 1.9 3 4 5 14

II 12 6 6 3 1 23 2 2 1 0 0 0 0.2 1.9 8 18

Annual Total or Mean

I 103 46 81 63 72 24

7 34 53 14 14 3 8 24 47 89 197

II 81 50 79 66 89 24

0 46 49 14 16 0 3 13 62 120 167

208

Page 209: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Diagram No. - 10 Wind Rose (Annual Average)

209

Page 210: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Diagram No. - 11 Wind Rose (Winter Season)

210

Page 211: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Diagram No. - 12 Wind Rose (Summer Season)

211

Page 212: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Diagram No. - 13 Wind Rose (Monsoon Season)

212

Page 213: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Diagram No. - 14 Wind Rose (Post -Monsoon)

213

Page 214: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

3.4.8 Public Utilities

The government has taken number of commendable steps to promote the industries in the region. Jajpur, with its vast mineral resources is the cynosure of industrial activity in the state with two major Industrial Zones situated here.

Kalinga Nagar: Kalinga Nagar is situated in Dangadi block where 4 small steel plants are operating and 9 are on their way to start operation.

Duburi: Duburi at a distance of 38 kms from Chandikhol towards Daitary mines on Express Highway has assumed importance with a number of steel plants that have been set up here. Notable among them are Neelachal Ispat Nigam Ltd., Jindal Stainless, MESCO Steels, VISA and a few others. A steel plant by TATAs is also started to begin operations soon.

The lists of industries in the Buffer Zone are given in Table No. 66.

Table No. - 66

Sl. No Name of the Industry

01 Visa Steel Limited Kalinga Nagar Industrial Complex Jakhapura, Jajpur-755026

02 Misrilall Mines (P) Ltd. Pankphal, Jajpur

03 Rohit Ferro Tech Ltd. Kalinga Nagar Ind. Block Centre, Jajpur

04 Dinabandhu Steel & Power Ltd.

05 Jindal Stainless Limited Kalinga Nagar Ind. Complex, Jajpur Road, Jajpur-755026

06 Mideast Integrated Steels Ltd. Fac-Khurunti, Jajpur

07 Maithan Ispat Ltd.

08 Nichal Ispat Nigam Ltd Kalinga Nagar Indi Complex, Duburi, Jajpur-755026

09 Tata Steel Ltd. Factory-Kalinga Nagar Indl Complex, Jajpur

214

Page 215: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Chapter – 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures 4.1 Environmental Impacts due to Project Location The proposed project is likely to create impact on environment in two phases:

1. During the construction phase which may be regarded as short term. 2. During the operation phase that would have long-term effects.

Therefore, before assessing this impact, the environmental aspects of the respective operational processes are studied. Then the assessments of impact according to the related environmental aspects, which are the outcome of the various processes of the proposed project, are discussed. Before discussing the environmental impacts due to the proposed project a general Environmental degradation in general due to establishment of any such project is given in Table No. – 67.

Table No. – 67

Type of Environmental Degradation in General Due to Ferro Alloys Plant

Sl. No Category Environmental Degradation

01

Air Pollution

Transportation Increase of Particulate Matter, Nitrogen Oxides as NO2, CO in the Ambient Air.

Flue Gas Emission Increase of Particulate Matter, Sulphur Dioxide, Nitrogen Oxides as NO2, CO and other trace elements in the Atmosphere.

Fugitive Emission Increase of Particulate Matter and Sulphur Dioxide in Atmosphere.

02 Thermal Pollution Increase of Atmospheric Temperature

03 Water Pollution – Effluent Discharge

Quality of both Surface and Ground water decreases

04 Noise Pollution Increase in sound level due to major noise generating units in the Ferro Alloys Plant.

05 Soil Contamination

06 Air Pollutants from stack & effluent discharge Infertility of Soil.

07

Adverse Socio-economic Impact Both during primary and Secondary Anthropogenic activities during Preoperative and operative periods

Deterioration in Human Health.

215

Page 216: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

4.1.1 Land Environment Land Use: The total land required for the project is 49.36 Acres. Present availability of land is sufficiently stretched land with relatively flat terrain for the proposed expansion. Construction activities for the expansion project will start with the infrastructure development and it will continue till completion of erection and commissioning of the project. Major activities involve during construction phase consist of site clearing, leveling, land developing, civil & structural works, equipment installation and other construction works related to proposed project till commissioning. During construction period, there will be possibilities of change in land use in the project site only, which is the core area. But the land use in buffer area will not be directly affected or change due to the said project. However, people in the surrounding villages may change their occupation from cultivation to industrial worker and other related profession. As a result there will be decrease of agricultural land in the buffer area. Soil Quality: No blasting is envisaged during construction activities but normal excavation at site will result in loss of topsoil to some extent in the proposed plant area, but these activities have no adverse impact on the soil quality of nearby paddy fields. Impact on nearby soil quality due to disposal of slag and other impurities expected to be generated will be very much insignificant as the company will have a well defined solid wastes including hazardous wastes & disposal system. 4.1.2 Water Environment The construction in the proposed project will be more related to mechanical fabrication, assembly and erection, hence the water requirements will not be of significant quantity. Temporary sanitation facilities like soak pits, septic tanks will be set up for disposal of sanitary sewage generated during the period. The overall impact on water environment during construction phase is likely to be short term and insignificant. There is no discharge of waste water from the units to outside. Water pollution for the proposed expansion of Ferro Alloys Plant is not significant. As the process does not require any water. Second the use of water is only to cool the furnace jacket and slag quenching. For furnace jacket cooling it is completely a recirculation system with makeup water for evaporation loss and water used for slag quenching is completely evaporated. Thus water body will not be contaminated as there will not be any discharge. But there will be drawl of water for consumption. And because there is all possibilities of replenishment of water table so impact will not be so significant due to the said project.

216

Page 217: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

4.1.3 Impact of drawl of water on the nearby River during lean season. As discussed earlier, the annual replenishable groundwater resource of the area works out to be 65.36 mcm against the annual utilization is 5.57 mcm. Thus, the balance ground water available is 59.79 mcm. Withdrawal of water will not significantly affect the groundwater reservoir as well as nearby river during lean season. 4.1.4 Impact of the transport of the raw material and end products on the

surrounding environment. The raw material will be transported through rail and road transport. During transportation, the material will be covered by tarpaulin and leak proof. So, there will be no such impact on the surrounding environment. There will be increase of transport vehicles due to proposed project. Maximum loading and unloading will be through road transport. 4.1.5 Vegetation and Fauna Impacts on vegetation and fauna or the ecosystem due to the said project is not so significant. The initial construction works at the project site involves very little land clearance. During construction, vegetation may be disturbed including tree cutting. But due to this project the green coverage at project site will improve. And as the site does not harbor any fauna of importance the question of any impact on fauna does not arise. Normally the animals are disturbed due to vibration and noise. The proposed expansion project will not have any such impacts in buffer area. So the animals in buffer area will not be affected due to this project. 4.1.6 Air Environment Impact on air environment due to the proposed project will also be experienced in two phases. One will be during constructional phase and the other one will be during operational phase. The main sources of emission during the construction period are the movement of equipment at site and dust emitted during the leveling, grading, earthwork, etc. Foundation phase is also likely to result in marginal increase in the levels of SO2, NOX, PM10, PM2.5 and CO. The impact will be confined within the project boundary and is expected to be negligible outside the plant boundaries. The impact will be for short duration and confined locally to the construction site. As explained in section 4.1.1 all constructional activities along with the movement of trucks and super structural work involving steel and concrete with use of equipment like hoists, cranes mixers, welding machines etc. may generate considerable ambient noise in and around the proposed plant. In the proposed project Chrome ore, Manganese Ore and Coke are the main raw materials to be used for Ferro Alloys production. Major pollutants emitted from the ore processing are particulate matter, SO2 and NOx. From the said metallurgical process slag will also be generated.

217

Page 218: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

So during operational phase air environment will be affected due to release of air pollutants from the following units such as:

1. Dust particulates from furnace hood 2. Sulphur dioxide in traces from the furnace gas 3. Nitrogen oxides in traces from furnace gas 4. CO & CO2 from Furnace Gas 5. Coal and Ore dust particles during storage/handling

4.1.7 Socio-Economic as well Aesthetic Aspects The proposed project will create temporary employment to skilled and high skilled manpower during constructional phase. Most of the employees deployed during the construction period will be from local areas. The proposed activities will lead to have small commercial establishments like retail shops and hotels etc. consequently economic upliftment of the area is expected. The construction sites for the project and the area adjacent to the project will experience some increase in floating population, vehicular traffic and pollution mainly SPM/ fugitive dust. Since this increase of pollution will be only temporary and restricted to an area close to construction activity, hence the impact on human and animal health will not be significant during construction time. However, precautions such as water spraying, use of mask etc. will be taken to further minimize the effect. Any major industrial project invariably leads to socioeconomic changes. But at the same time it could lead to unplanned and haphazard development of slums of various size and description with little or rudimentary sanitation facilities in mostly developing countries if adequate steps not taken from the very beginning of the project. This would result in the degradation of the physical and aesthetic environment. This is also likely to exert social stresses among the neighboring villages and may disturb the quiet and peaceful rural life. Proper publicity of the beneficial aspects of the project particularly for the local people and highlighting the new opportunities of livelihood, proper sitting of the labor camps and provision of basic amenities of water supply, sanitation etc., would go a long way in curbing the degradation of the physical and aesthetic environment. Operation of the proposed project will require a substantial quantum of skilled and semi-skilled workforce, which may to some extent need to be taken from outside the study area. This may result in migration of outsiders to the project area from nearby villages. Along with this migration, a significant portion of the unskilled labor force will also infiltrate from outside. Moreover, a sizeable number of service class people who are directly connected with the operating personnel of the proposed plant, e.g. house servants, washer man, barbers, shopkeepers etc. will flow in from outside. The migration of people will increase the total population in the study area. This would result in an alternation of the demographic pattern. The population density in the peripheral zone, which is low at present, will tend to rise. But at the same time the proposed project is also not so big that, such rise of population will be significant. The economic, cultural and technological changes are likely to be accompanied with the urban culture, which will contribute towards radical change in the socioeconomic environment of the area. This would introduce a mixed culture emphasizing urban traits in place of traditional, prevalent rural customs. All these would constitute

218

Page 219: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

important impacts on the local life style. Social evils may increase, which may cause occasional breach of peace. Such impacts are inevitable, that could also be felt in case of the proposed project. However, steps would be taken to control and minimize any adverse impact if arises by implementing suitable management program practicing stable working conditions, and the provision of adequate other effective peripheral development program. 4.2 Mitigation Measures The impact will however be marginal or more, depending upon the operations and technology available & adopted are irreversible. But it can be controlled and kept within the norms in case adequate measures are undertaken. The following are the measures proposed for mitigation and control of environmental pollution supposed to be created during construction as well operational phase of the proposed expansion project. 4.2.1 Measures Proposed During Construction The impact during the construction phase on the environment would be basically of transient in nature and are expected to reduce gradually on completion of the construction activities. 4.2.1.1 On Site preparation The project site preparation requires some leveling activities. Vegetation on topsoil is removed prior to commencement of bulk earthwork. During dry weather conditions, dust may be generated by activities like excavation and transportation through un-metallic roads. The dust will be suppressed using water sprinkling. As soon as construction is over the surplus earth will be utilized to fill up low-lying areas, the rubbish will be cleared regularly and all open area will be appropriately landscaped and plantation will be done. Hazardous materials (e.g. acids, paints and explosives) will be stored in designated areas with care.

4.2.1.2 On Water quality During construction period, the water quality is likely to be affected due to construction work as well various activities of construction workers. There are possibilities of increase of the suspended solids in the run-off during heavy precipitation. In order to reduce the impact on water quality due to suspended solid carryover into the water bodies, temporary sedimentation tanks will be constructed for the settlement of the suspended solids within the factory premises. There is not much likely hood of ground water contamination as there will not be generation of any process effluents during construction and no discharge into ground water. The laborers engaged during construction would be provided with toilet facilities at the proposed project site with proper treatment system of Septic Tank and Soak Pit.

4.2.1.3 On Air Quality During construction period, all most all activities would result in increase of Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) concentration in the ambient air due to fugitive dust generation. NOx emissions will also be there due to vehicular movement and leveling activities at the project site with heavy machineries. Frequent / regular water

219

Page 220: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

sprinkling in the vicinity of the construction sites would be undertaken and will be continued even after completion of plant construction. Proposed fast growing plantation will help in arresting fugitive dust expected to be generated during construction period. But this situation will be possible only after one year as it will take minimum two years time for all most all varieties of plants to attain a standard height and to be of good canopy.

4.2.1.4 Noise Level The noise impact on the surrounding population during the construction phase will be within the acceptable limits. High noise generating equipment, if used, will not be operated during the night times to create any possible discomfort to the nearby villagers. Noise levels in the buffer area are not likely to be affected because of the vegetation in the buffer area and likely attenuation due to physical barriers present in the area. However, the following measures are and will be implemented to protect the worker proposed to be engaged in core area during construction.

• Provision for insulating caps are and will be there with noise generating machineries.

• The use of dampening materials such as thin rubber/lead sheet for covering the workplaces like compressors, generators etc.

• Earmuffs / earplugs are and will be provided to the workers and use of such Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) are and will be ensured.

4.2.1.5 On Ecological Aspects The initial construction works at the proposed project site involves land clearance and leveling. The core area does not have much vegetation. So, the impact of construction work on ecological aspects will not be so significant. Only the present landscape will be changed. During construction very little vegetation may be disturbed. So green belt will be developed to improve the aesthetic value in the area and to screen out the fugitive dust generated during construction. 4.2.2 Measures Proposed During Operation 4.2.2.1 Stack Height For the proposed Ferro alloys plant for better dispersion 40 meter stack height will be provided. Stack heights and other details of all the units are given in the following Table No. – 68

220

Page 221: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 68 (Stack Height and Other Details)

4.2.2.2 Stack Emission and Fugitive Emission Control: For control of fugitive emission from the furnace hood of proposed Ferro alloys plant Gas Cleaning Plant will be provided. For control of fugitive emissions and Secondary fugitive emissions from the Ferro Chrome Plant will be as per the guide lines of Central Pollution Control Board and will be as per the latest permissible limits issued by the Ministry vide G. S. R. 414 (E) dated 30th May, 2008. However, the following measures will be taken and maintained.

Release of Cleaned gases through tall stacks of minimum 45 meter height above ground level Furnaces.

De-dusting equipment provided in the conveyer discharge, air-slide discharge, silo top etc.

Installations of Bag filters at all required locations, Development of Green belt in and around the plant, Construction of Concrete road inside the plant premises, Providing

water spraying around the plant premises, Regular AAQ and Stack Monitoring

4.2.2.3 SO2 and NOx Emission Control SO2 and Nox emission in the proposed Ferro Alloys Plant is very insignificant.

Sl. Description of Stack

Stack Coordinate Stack

Height (m)

Stack Dia (m)

Exit Velocity (m / Sec)

Temp (0 k)

Emission Rate (gm / Sec) without control measures Stack

Attached to

Status X –

Coord Y –

Cord Total

Particulate

SO2 NOx

01 Ferro Alloys -150 m 75 m 40 1.6 12 381

49.31 g/Sec

- - GCP Proposed

02 Ferro Alloys -171 m 75 m 40 1.6 12 381 - - GCP Proposed

03 Ferro Alloys -192 m 75 m 40 1.6 12 381 - - GCP Proposed

04 Ferro Alloys -213 m 75 m 40 1.6 12 381 - - GCP Proposed

221

Page 222: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

4.2.2.4 Fugitive Dust Emission Control for the whole Plant Dust generated at the time of raw material unloading would be suppressed by spraying chemical solution and water fogging system as per requirement. The solution sprayed on coal would keep further dust generation at transfer points to minimum. Crusher house, junction towers, feed points below reclaim hopper would be provided with dry type dust extraction system comprising bag filters. Dust suppression with sprinklers would be provided all around the stockpile to suppress dust generation and to keep dust nuisance to the minimum. Sprinklers would also be provided all along and on either side of the track just before the track hopper as well as on the track hopper to suppress the dust generation while unloading coal into track hopper. Bunker ventilation system would be provided with bag filters to trap the dust generated while loading coal into bunkers and vent out dust free gases/air.

4.2.2.5 Water Pollution Control: The Waste Water Treatment system envisaged would cover all the plant wastewater, which is to be disposed off to effluent treatment plant for treatment and recycling. The objective of the treatment is to make the wastewater suitable for disposal as per the guidelines of the Odisha State Pollution Control Board. In Ferro Alloys plant use of water will be from either cooling or slag quenching and it is of complete recirculation system to give make for the evaporation loss fresh water will fed into the system. The water pollution in Ferro alloys plant is in significant. Only sludge will be generated from raw water treatment plant. Which will dispose off intermittently during cleaning of raw water reservoir into designated disposal site. 4.2.2.6 Sewage Disposal System: Sewage pipelines would be provided to carry sewage from toilets of different buildings to suitably located individual/common septic tanks. In case the populations in the proposed project increase beyond 500 then STP of adequate capacity and design will be provided. 4.2.2.7 Noise Pollution Control : All equipment in the proposed plant would be designed / operated to have a noise level not exceeding 85 dB(A) as per the requirements of Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standard (OSHA) of USA. In addition, since most of the noise generating equipments would be in enclosed structures, the noise transmitted outside would be still lower. 4.2.2.8 Toxic Chemical Leachbility Potential (TCLP) Test for the Slag: Ferro Chrome slag does not contain any toxic metal in elementary form. At 1700 Deg C, slag temperature, all metals remain in their oxide form and are chemically stable and inert. However, TCLP test of Ferro chrome slag is carried out once in a year by engaging competent outside agency. Keeping in view of the above, Ferro chrome slag can be safely used as land fill material, road making material, replacement of stone chips in different applications. 4.2.2.9 End use of solid waste and its composition: In Ferro Chrome manufacturing process, slag will be generated as solid waste. By its physical appearance and texture it is classified as (a) Granulated Slag, (b) Hard slag of assorted size. This solid waste is chemically inert in nature. Its composition is as under.

222

Page 223: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Cr2O3 - 6 - 9 % SiO2 - 30 - 35% FeO - 4 - 5 % CaO - 5 - 7 % MgO - 20 - 23 % Al2O3 - 20 - 23%

Granulated slag can be used for filling of low laying areas, waste and degraded land. Hard slag after making suitable sizes can be used as a replacement of stone chips while making cement concrete. It can be used as ballast at railway tracks and also during construction of black top road. 4.2.2.10 Scheme for further improvement for the recovery of the chrome: In order to run the furnace economically, maximum care will be taken for the recovery of chromium during all processes. Although scope of improvement is little, following steps will be taken.

1. Use of higher grade chrome ore with less gangue material, 2. Taking all possible methods for good separation of metal and slag, 3. Introduction of manual/mechanized zigging process to completely separate

charge chrome from slag. 4.2.3 Green Belt Development: A green belt of minimum 10m width will be provided all around the plant boundary limits. In addition, avenue trees will be planted all along the roads. 33% of the vacant land will be converted to green belt. The following species are suggested for plantation in order to reduce noise, dust emissions and ambient temperature in the vicinity of the site. However, emphasis will be given of selecting local species.

1. Alstonia scholaris 2. Azadirachta indica 3. Polyalthialongifloia 4. Tamarindus indica 5. Butea monosperma 6. Megnifere indica 7. Techtonagrandis 8. Melia asadirachta 9. Pongamia glabra 10. Sal 11. Sisoo

223

Page 224: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

4.2.4 General Measures to Control Air Pollution In addition to the above control measures proposed during process and transport operations, following steps are to be taken to prevent air pollution due to air borne dust:

• Dense greenbelt to be developed around the dust generation points.

• Trees to be planted on both sides of the roads used for transportation in order to arrest dust.

• Afforestation around the industry to act as barrier.

• Water to be sprinkled along the haul road.

• Proper maintenance of air pollution control equipments.

• Regular maintenance of vehicles and machineries in order to control emissions.

• Cabins for shovel and dumpers and provision of dust mask to workmen working in dusty atmosphere.

• A good housekeeping and proper maintenance will be practiced in the industry, which will help in controlling pollution.

4.3 Prediction of Ground Level Concentration

4.3.1 Introduction Prediction of impacts is the most important component in any environmental impact assessment studies. There are several scientific techniques and methodologies are developed and available to predict such impact in various meteorological conditions. Such predictions are normally supper imposed over the base maps of the projects to derive the project affected areas. The prediction of impacts helps to minimize the adverse impacts on various environmental qualities during pre and post project execution. 4.3.2 Model Used The mathematical model used for prediction of impacts on air environment in the present studies is the ISCST3 improved version – AERMOD Model, which is based on straight line steady state Gaussian Plume Dispersion Model developed by Lakes Environment and approved by USEPA and also approved by MoEF, Govt. of India. The parameters for which the Ground Level Concentrations are predicted are Particulate Matter. 4.3.3 Input Given for The Processing of the Model The following inputs are considered for the present prediction regarding AAQ using the above AREMOD Model for the parameters PM in the Ambient Air Quality in the study area. For calculation of PM 10 mg / Nm3 of PM emission is considered.

224

Page 225: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

a. Meteorological Data : Based on 30 years averaged data of IMD, New Delhi.

b. Base Map : Topo sheet of the area is used as Base Map.

c. Model Type : ISC- AERMOD View d. Dispersion Option : Non- Default e Non – Default Options : No Stack Top Down Wash and Flat

Terrain f. Out Put Type : Concentration g. Pollutant Type : PM h. Averaging Time Option : 1 hr, 24 hrs and Seasonal Average i. Dispersion Coefficient : Rural j. Terrain Option : Flat k. Number of Source : 4 (Four) j. Source Summary a. Source Id : Stack 1 to Stack 4 b. Source Type : Point c. Base Elevation : 40 meter aMSL d. Release Height : 40 meter agl

e. Emission Rate : pm: 2.4655 gm/Sec with control measures and 49.31 gm/sec (Maximum) without control measures.

Note: Considering USEPA emission rate of 91000 gm/Ton of Ferro Chrome produce for open and semi closed furnace to total particulate matter.

f. Gas Stack Exit Temperature: 381 K

g. Stack Exit Velocity : 12.0 meter/Sec h. Stack inside diameter : 1.6 meter k. Building Down wash : Assumed Nil l. Variation in Emission (Hrly/Seasonally/Monthly) : Assumed Nil m. Receptor Option : Uniform Cartesian Grid n. Number of Net : 1 o. Number of Receptors : 1681 p. Spacing : 500 meters q. Length : X – Axis: 20000 meters And Y-Axis: 20000 meters 4.3.4 Results Predicted maximum ground level concentration 1 Hrs Average, 24 Hrs Average and Seasonal Average are shown in the following Map No. – 23, Map No – 24 and Map No.-25 respectively for PM with control measures and Map No. – 26, Map No. – 27 and Map No. – 28 respectively for PM without control measures.

225

Page 226: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No- 23 Ground Level Concentration of PM (1 Hr. Average) with Control Measures

226

Page 227: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No- 24 Ground Level Concentration of PM (24 Hr. Average) with Control Measures

227

Page 228: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No. – 25 Ground Level Concentration of PM (Seasonal Average) with Control Measures

228

Page 229: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No- 26 Ground Level Concentration of PM (1 Hr. Average)

without Control Measures

229

Page 230: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No- 27 Ground Level Concentration of PM (24 Hr. Average)

without Control Measures

230

Page 231: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Map No. – 28 Ground Level Concentration of PM (Seasonal Average)

without Control Measures

231

Page 232: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

4.3.5 Incremental Ground Level Concentration The incremental concentrations of PM in the ambient air quality level in the study area of the proposed project above the present level of concentration in the ambient air or the post project ambient air quality with respect to the above-mentioned parameter are given in the Table No. 69.

Table No. – 69

(Post Project Ambient Air Quality Level for PM in (µg/m3) With and Without Control Measures

Sl. No Description

1 Hr. Average 24 Hrs. Average Seasonal Average (Summer)

With Control

Measures

Without Control

Measures

With Control

Measures

Without Control

Measures

With Control

Measures

Without Control

Measures

01

Baseline Concentration (Max) - - 71.78 71.78 - -

02

Predicted Ground Level Concentration (Max)

58.0913 1161.82617 17.23123 344.62463 2.82512 56.50229

03

Post Project Ambient Air Quality Level (Max)

- - 89.01123 - - -

04 Limits (Industry) 100

232

Page 233: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

4.4 Possible Accidents and its Action Plan The Possibilities of accidents in the said industry are more or less same as any steel manufacturing process. The possible accidents and its action plan are given in Table No. 70.

Table No – 70

Sl. No Possible Accidents Action Plan

01

Crushed under vehicle and Slipping into the Hopper at Ground Hopper area Material handling Plant

At Ground Hopper due to heavy vehicle movement while reversing the helper at the rear of the vehicle should be cautious not to be getting crushed under the vehicle. All the three sides of the hopper should have hand rails and the tipper discharge end should have a chain link to prevent falling in to the hopper.

02 Electrical Shocks- Snake Bites, Hand, Spinal Cord and Head Injuries at Tunnel

At the tunnel the electric cables which run on the walls have to be carefully checked to ensure the insulation is not damaged as the workers tend to stress their hand to hold something and usually hold these cables, which are likely to give them shocks. There will be enough lighting in these tunnels, as along with the cables snakes lie in the area and may result in snakebite to workers. The Tunnel will be properly clean and there will be proper dewatering mechanism to pump out-accumulated water that may reach there due to seepage or of rains. Any moisture in the Tunnels may result in electric shock and may cause accident due to slippery floor, which may result in head and spinal injury.

03 Slipping and Falling from Stairs and hand Injuries in Crusher House

The stair cases at the Crusher house will have proper hand rail bend at the curves and not open ends the steps of the stair case will not be inclined and will be placed in equal distance height and width without any protrusions on the grill and with toe board. Approach to the emergency stop switch will be free from obstacles.

04 Metal Splashes at Electric Arc Furnace area

Burn injuries are frequently reported both for bodies as well as for eyes. Usage of Goggles and asbestos aprons, face shields and gloves are a must for the employees working in this area.

233

Page 234: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

05

Metal Splashes Electric Arc Furnace

Burn injuries are frequently reported both for bodies as well as for eyes. Usage of Goggles and asbestos aprons, face shields and gloves are a must for the employees working in this area.

• The movement of the overhead crane and the handling of the Ladle are to be carefully monitored. Regular checks of the crane load cables are to be made and replaced if required.

• Proper lighting arrangements are to be made at the handling area.

• Additional care to be taken for electrical cables as the insulations may get burned during the splashes.

• The roller conveyors are to be regularly serviced and greased for the smooth movement of the finish products.

234

Page 235: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Chapter – 5 Analysis of Alternatives Sites

5.1 Location Assessment The plant is located in the centre of the Kalinga Nagar Steel complex where major users of Ferro Alloys like M/s VISA Steel, Jindal Stainless, Nilachal Ispat Nigam, MESCO are having their steel manufacturing units. Besides these large scale industries there are many other medium size conversion units exists. The proposed site is accessible from Jajpur Road which is 20 km long all weather road. The nearest railhead is Jajpur Road at a distance of 20 Km. Existing infrastructure in the Jajpur district can be used by the project in case required. These facilities are mentioned below.

1. Availability of Chrome ore mines in Sukinda valley which is very near to the project site.

2. Kalinga Nagar Steel complex where major users of Ferro Alloys like M/s VISA Steel, Jindal Stainless, Nilachal Ispat Nigam, MESCO are having their steel manufacturing units. Besides these large scale industries there are many other medium size conversion units exists.

3. Jajpur Road which is at 20 km distance by all weather road. 4. The nearest railhead is Jajpur Road at a distance of 20 Km. 5. The other major inputs of raw material like Coke will be available from the steel

plants and a number of Coke plants situated nearby. Quartz is available in the vicinity of Kalinga Nagar as there are a number of Quartz deposits are located nearby.

6. The plant is located midway between old Duburi Sub Station and New Duburi Substation of Orissa Power Transmission Corporation Ltd (OPTCL).

7. Availability of Ground Water as well as IDCO water line supplying water to all major industrial units in Kalinga Nagar and Duburi area from the nearby Brahmani River where IDCO has established its own pumping station.

8. The plant is located on the Paradip-Daitary Express highway and is 100KMs from Paradip port.

9. The national Highway No.5 is located at a distance of 35kms from the plant.

10. Two Bulk goods handling station viz. Jakhapura and Sukinda Road are located within a radius of 7 kms. In view of this transportation of finished goods and raw material is very easy.

235

Page 236: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Chapter – 6 Environmental Monitoring Program

Necessary provisions will be made for routine monitoring of stack emissions, ambient air quality, noise level, water quality and plantation as required by the regulations and for monitoring environment management as implemented. The emission levels from the stack and the ambient air quality around the plant will be monitored periodically. Further, the effluent quality and noise levels will also be regularly monitored. The instruments and the equipment necessary for monitoring will be made available in the plant laboratory. The followings are the equipments which are to be used for monitoring purposes.

Table No.- 71

(List of Pollution Monitoring Equipment Proposed)

Sl. No Name of equipment

Purpose

1 Respirable dust samplers including PM10 and PM2.5 Sampler AAQ monitoring

2 Stack monitoring Particulates, SO2 and NOx 3 On-line flue gas analysis Combustion monitoring 4 Automatic weather monitor Meteorological data collection at site 5 Sound level meter Measurement of noise level 6 UV - Spectro photo meter Chemical analysis 7 Atomic Absorption Spectro photo meter Chemical analysis 8 Gas chromatograph Chemical analysis 9 Micro-balance Chemical analysis 10 BOD Incubator For BOD estimation 11 COD reflux set up For COD estimation 12 Refrigerator For preserving samples 13 Oven For heating 14 Thermometer For temperature 15 pH meter For pH analysis 16 Distilled water plant For distilled water 17 DO analyser For DO analysis 18 Pipette box For analysis 19 Titration set up For analysis 20 Relevant Chemicals For analysis

236

Page 237: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

6.1 Monitoring Program M/s Misrilall Mines Pvt. Ltd., Ferro Alloys Division will follow the following monitoring schedule for various environmental parameters.

Table No. – 72 Proposed Environmental Parameters Monitoring Program

6.2 Post Project hydro geological monitoring, collection of hydro

geological and hydrological data. Monitoring Schedule: The recommended frequency and parameter of environment monitoring for the project in respect of both surface and groundwater is given below; however, proposed monitoring programme shall be modified as stipulated by MOEF/OSPCB.

Sl. No Description Parameters to be Analyzed

No of stations

(min.) Frequency

01 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOx

4

24 Hour samples twice a week for 3 seasons (Excluding rainy season)

02 Stack Emission PM, SO2 & NOx 4 All seasons

03 Soil As will be given in the Consent / EC

4

One sample per season for 3 seasons in a year (Excluding rainy season)

04 Ground Water Level

Depth from Surface 5 Once in a Season

05 Ground Water Quality

Parameters as per IS:10500 5 Once in a Season

06 Surface Water-

Parameters as per 422 (E) of 19.05 1993

4 Once in a Season for 4 seasons

07 Noise Level dB(A) 10 As will be given in the Consent / EC

08 Air Quality Fugitive Emissions

SPM, RPM, SO2 & NOx

4 Source Monitoring

Once in a season for 3 seasons in a year excluding rainy season.

237

Page 238: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Table No. – 73 Proposed Hydro geological Monitoring Plan

Regular monitoring of groundwater level and quality would be carried out by establishing a network of existing wells and constructing new piezometeric well. Data so collected would be stored is computerized database for easy retrieval and analysis. Data then collected would also be forwarded to Regional Director, Central Ground Water Board, South Eastern Region. 6.3 Plantation monitoring program during post project for ensuring

survival and growth rate of plants. The degraded land in case exists within the project area need restoration or reclamation by taking up suitable management methods as spelt out below. These measures are both time bound and quantifiable for easy monitoring by regulatory agencies. The steps adopted to reclaim the project by Green belt and afforestation.

Sl No Phase Component Parameter Locations Frequency

1 Construction Ground water Level

3-4 locations in surrounding villages

During the months of April, August, November and January

2 Construction Waste Water

pH, TDS, TSS, BOD, COD, Oil& Grease and Heavy Metals

Storm water at various collection points

Once in a Month

3 Operation Ground water Level

3-4 locations in surrounding villages

During the months of April, August, November and January

4 Operation Ground water

Drinking water

3-4 locations in surrounding villages

During April and November

5 Operation Waste Water

pH, TDS, TSS, BOD, COD, Oil& Grease and Heavy Metals

At Outlets of ETP

Once in three months

238

Page 239: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Green Belt & Afforestation The optimum size of green-belt is usually determined on the basis of expected pollution loads from the industry, wind direction, project surroundings, availability of land, and the economics of green belt development and maintenance. The development of the green belt is mainly for buffering the air borne dust and for attenuation of noise levels. By planting a combination of trees which can grow fast and with denser foliage the desired effect of trapping the air borne dust, noise reduction and increasing the aesthetic appeal will be largely achieved. Criteria for Development of Green Belt The basic criteria recommended for development of afforestation in the mined out area and in the virgin areas are;

• Planting of native species.

• The plant should be fast growing.

• Plants having thick canopy.

• Resistant to air pollution. Proposed Plantation A plant community is governed by several factors like climatic, topographic and biotic conditions. Even local variations in the environment affect components of plant community. Post plantation care includes replacement of causalities, weeding, soil working, maturing, watering, protection from grazing and fire, engaging watch and ward staff. This scheme and selection of plant species are mainly based on the soil conditions. The plantation around the solid waste disposal area will give a positive impact on climate. The plantation along the periphery, along the roads etc. will help to develop a much improved landscape. Employees will be encouraged to plant and grow trees in and around their colonies by providing free saplings from nursery. The selection of species, its utility, the rate of growth etc, have to be taken up in consultation with local forest department, Cost or protection and generation of plant species for the safety zones of the project has also been deposited with state forest department The green belt will be developed in consultation with the local forest authorities regarding the selection of site specific species, seedling management, plantation techniques and their up keep by deseeding, manuring and regular watering. 6.4 Solid Waste Management Monitoring Solid waste will be is collected and classified in the plant. The plant site department will find out the quantity, kind of waste and its treatment method. A waste management diary will be maintained and periodic reports will be made to the local environmental management organization. When in operation, the plant will set up a waste registration management document. The documentation of waste storage, transportation, treatment, and disposal will be made in accordance with the Hazardous Waste Management Guidelines.

239

Page 240: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Chapter – 7 Additional Studies Additional studies in this report include Public Consultation, Risk Assessment and damage Control, Disaster Management Plan, Social Impact Assessment & RR Plan and Hazard Control. 7.1 Public Consultation The Public Consultation has been done through Public Hearing as per Public Hearing procedure of EIA Notification No. S. O. 1533(E) dated 14.09.2006 and amendment thereafter, after publication in the local news papers on submission of draft EIA / EMP Report at State Pollution Control Board, Odisha incorporating every aspects and clauses of the ToRs issued on 12th August, 2011, vide letter no. J-11011/307/2011 IA-II (I), Government of India, Ministry of Environment and Forests (I. A. Division), New Delhi. 7.2 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan & Hazard

Control

Occupational Health and Safety: The industries, where multifarious activities are involved during construction, erection, testing, commissioning, operation and maintenance, the men, materials and machines are the basic inputs. Along with the boons, the industrialization generally brings several problems like Occupational Health and Safety Hazards. The industrial planner, therefore, has to properly plan and take the steps to minimize the impacts of industrialization and to ensure appropriate occupational health, safety including fire plans. All these activities again may be classified under construction and erection, operation and maintenance. The proposed safety plan is given below:

Occupational Health: Occupational health needs attention both during construction and erection and operation and maintenance phases. However, the problem varies both in magnitude and variety in the above phases.

• Construction and Erection The occupational health problems envisaged at this stage can mainly be due to constructional accident and noise. To overcome these hazards, in addition to arrangements to reduce it within TLV's, personal protective equipment should also be supplied to workers.

• Operation and Maintenance The problem of occupational health, in the operation and maintenance phase is due to noise hearing losses. Suitable personnel protective equipment should be given to employees. The working personnel should be given the following appropriate personnel protective equipment.

240

Page 241: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Industrial Safety Helmet Crash Helmets Face shield with replacement acrylic vision Zero power plain goggles with cut type filters on both ends Zero power goggles with cut type filters on both sides and blue color

glasses Welders equipment for eye and face protection Cylindrical type earplug Ear muffs Canister Gas mask Self contained breathing apparatus Leather apron Aluminized fiber glass fix proximity suit with hood and gloves Boiler suit Safety belt/line man's safety belt Leather hand gloves Asbestos hand gloves Acid/Alkali proof rubberized hand gloves Canvas cum leather hand gloves with leather palm Lead hand glove Electrically tested electrical resistance hand gloves Industrial safety shoes with steel toe Electrical safety shoes without steel toe and gum boots

Full fledge casualty facilities should be made available round the clock for attending emergency arising out of accidents, if any. All working personnel should be medically examined at least once in every year and at the end of his term of employment as well while joining the company. This is in addition to the pre-employment medical examination.

Details of Occupational Health Program Policy of the Company:

In order to prevent the occupational health hazard, MMPL-FAP carry out entry level and periodical medical examination under Section 69 of the Factories Act by the certified Surgeon.

MMPL-FAP carrying out health check up program by qualified medical Surgeon quarterly in every quarter of the year and maintaining a health register prescribed under Rule 14 of the Factories Act in Form No- 17, which is being verified by Assistant Director Factories during his visit.

MMPL-FAP has appointed a qualified medical Surgeon to monitoring day-to-day occupational health hazard and checkup the workmen on a regular basis to prevent occupational health hazard.

The records are maintained in Form 17(Prescribed under Rule 14) the Health Register of the Company.

241

Page 242: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Safety Plan: Safety of both men and materials during construction and operation phases is of concern. The preparedness of an industry for the occurrence of possible disasters is known as emergency preparedness plan. The disaster in proposed plant is possible due to leakage of hazardous chemicals like chlorine, collapse of structures and fire/explosion etc. The details of the firefighting equipments which will be installed are given below;

Dry Chemical Powder (DCP) CO2 Foam type Soda acid type Fire buckets and Fire Hydrants

Keeping in view the safety requirement during construction, operation and maintenance phases at the proposed plant, the following regulations will be followed.

Allocate sufficient resources to maintain safe and healthy conditions of workplace.

Take steps to ensure that all known safety factors are taken into account in the design, construction, operation and maintenance of plants, machinery and equipment.

Ensure that adequate safety instructions are given to all employees.

Provide wherever necessary protective equipment, safety appliances and clothing, and to ensure their proper use.

Inform employees about materials, equipment or processes used in their work, which are known to be potentially hazardous to health or safety.

Keep all operations and methods of work under regular review for making necessary changes from the point of view of safety in the light of experience and upto date knowledge.

Provide appropriate facilities for first aid and prompt treatment of injuries and illness at workplace.

Provide appropriate instruction, training, retraining and supervision to employees in health and safety, first aid and to ensure that adequate publicity is given to these matters.

Ensure proper implementation of fire prevention methods and an appropriate fire fighting service together with training facilities for personnel involved in this service.

Organize collection, analysis and presentation of data on accident, sickness and incident involving personal injury or injury to health with a view to taking corrective, remedial and preventive action.

242

Page 243: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Promote through the established machinery, joint consultation in health and safety matters to ensure effective participation by all employees.

Publish/notify regulations, instructions and notices in the common language of employees.

Prepare separate safety rules for each type of occupation/processes involved in a project.

Ensure regular safety inspection by a competent person at suitable intervals of all buildings, equipment, work places and operations.

Safety Organization:

• Construction and Erection Phase

A qualified and experienced safety officer is appointed. The responsibilities of the safety officer is inclusive of identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers and advice on corrective actions, conduct safety audit, organize training programs and provide professional expert advice on various issues related to occupational safety and health. He is responsible to ensure compliance of Safety Rules/ Statutory Provisions. In addition to employment of safety officer by plant, every contractor, who employs more than 250 workers, should also employ one safety officer to ensure safety of the worker, in accordance with the conditions of contract.

• Operation and Maintenance Phase

When the construction is completed the posting of safety officers is in accordance with the requirement of Factories Act and their duties and responsibilities should be as defined thereof.

Safety Circle:

In order to develop the capabilities of the employees in identification of hazardous processes and improving safety and health, safety circles would be constituted in each area of work. The circle consists of 5-6 employees from that area. The circle normally meets for about an hour every week.

Safety Training:

A full-fledged training center is set up at the plant. The Safety Officers will provide safety training with the assistance of faculty members called from Corporate Sectors, Professional Safety Institutions and Universities. In addition to regular employees, limited contractor labors also is provided safety training. To create safety awareness safety films are shown to workers and leaflets etc. Some precautions and remedial measures which are adopted to prevent fires are as follows.

Compartmentation of cable galleries, use of proper sealing techniques of cable passages and crevices in all directions would help in localizing and identifying the area of occurrence of fire as well as ensure effective automatic and manual fire fighting operations;

243

Page 244: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Spread of fire in horizontal direction would be checked by providing fire stops for cable shafts;

Reliable and dependable type of fire detection system with proper zoning and interlocks for alarms are effective protection methods for conveyor galleries.

Housekeeping of high standard helps in eliminating the causes of fire and regular fire watching system strengthens fire prevention and fire fighting; and

Proper fire watching by all concerned would be ensured. Health and Safety Monitoring Plan: All the potential occupational hazardous work places will be monitored regularly. The health of employees will be monitored once in a year for early detection of any ailment due to exposure to hazardous chemicals.

7.3 Social Impact Assessment, R & R Action Plan Construction of any major industrial project invariably leads to socio-economic changes. The construction of the project could lead to unplanned and haphazard development of slums of various size and description with little or rudimentary sanitation facilities. This would result in the degradation of the physical and aesthetic environment. This is also likely to exert social stresses among the neighboring villages and may disturb the quiet peaceful tempo of rural life. Proper publicity of the beneficial aspects of the project particularly for the local people and highlighting the new opportunities of livelihood Proper sitting of the labour camps and provision of basic amenities of water supply, sanitation etc., would go a long way in curbing the degradation of the physical and aesthetic environment. Operation of the proposed project will require a substantial quantum of skilled and semi-skilled workforce, which almost totally, would have to be imported from outside the study area. Along with this migration, a significant portion of the unskilled labour force will also infiltrate from outside. Moreover, a sizeable number of service class people who are directly connected with the operating personnel of the proposed expansion plant, e.g. house servants, washer man, barbers, shopkeepers etc. will flow in from outside the area. As the proposed plant will act as an active nucleus of activity, a shift of population towards this center will also occur within the study area. The migration of people will increase the total population in the study area. This would result in an alternation of the demographic pattern. The population density in the peripheral zone, which is low at present, will tend to rise. The economic, cultural and technological changes are likely to be accompanied with the urban culture, which will contribute towards radical change in the socio-economic environment of the area. This would introduce a mixed culture emphasizing urban traits in place of traditional, prevalent rural customs. All these would constitute important impacts on the local life style.

244

Page 245: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Social evils may increase, which would have a disquieting impact on the community and may cause occasional breach of peace. Such impacts are inevitable, that could also be felt in case of the present project; however these would be attempted to be controlled and minimized by ensuring suitable human management, stable working conditions, security and the provision of adequate compensation. Regarding RR Action plan here it is to be mentioned that, the project area does not have any settlement inside the acquired land. Thus, R & R plan is not required for the said expansion project of M/s Misrilall Mines Pvt. Ltd., Ferro Alloys Division. However, R & R Policy of Govt. of Odisha will be adopted wherever applicable and CSR activities will be adopted by the Project proponent as per need.

245

Page 246: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Chapter - 8 Project Benefits Various benefits could be envisaged due to this project. Some of them are enlisted below.

Generation of Employment

Infrastructure Development

Improvement of Educational Facilities in the Surrounding Area.

Increase in General Awareness of the People.

Increase in Competitive Spirit Among Youths

Improvement of the General Living Standard of the People in the Vicinity

Overall Improvement in HDI (Human Development Index)

Growth of Allied Industries in the Area.

Outflow of local people will reduce and at the same time Inflow from outside will increase.

Per Capita Income will improve.

It will reduce Public Expenditure of Government on social Consumption Need.

It will add to Government Exchequers in the form of various taxes and returns.

246

Page 247: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Chapter – 9 Environment Management Plan 9.1 Administrative Aspect An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared which covers source of pollution and their proposed pollution control measures formulated on the basis of the survey undertaken in earlier sections. The industrial development in the study area needs to be intertwined with judicious utilization of natural resources within the limits of permissible assimilative capacity. The assimilative capacity of the study area is the maximum amount of pollution load that can be discharged in the environment without affecting the designated use and is governed by dilution, dispersion and removal due to natural, physiochemical and biological processes. The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable development in the area of the proposed expansion project of M/s Misrilall Mines Pvt. Ltd., Ferro Alloys Division. Hence, it needs to be an all encompassive plan for which the proposed expansion industry, government, regulating agencies such as Pollution Control Board working in the region and more importantly the affected population of study area need to extend their cooperation and contribution. The identification and quantification of impact based on scientific and mathematical modeling has been presented in the previous sections. At the industry level pollution control measures include in built processes control measures and also external control measures at the end of pipeline before they are discharged into the receiving bodies. The proposed project is likely to provide new economical fillip to the study area. The Management Action Plan aims at controlling pollution at the source level to the possible extent with the best available technology followed by treatment measures before they are discharged. The impact assessment of the proposed project has been carried out in the previous chapter. Various impacts due to proposed project both during construction and the operation stage of the project have been assessed. In order to ensure a sustainable development in the region of the proposed project site, suitable mitigation measures shall be taken up. The mitigation measures shall be both at the source and end of the pipeline stage. In addition, optimum utilization of resources and adoption of low and non-waste technologies in the process shall be adopted as much as feasible in order to achieve waste minimization and optimum utilization of the raw material. Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required to be implemented by the plant management in order to achieve better environmental viability of the project. The main objectives of the (EMP) include:

Minimize the pollution levels in the environment, Optimum utilization of resources like raw materials, water and energy, Improvement in the quality of life resulting in indirect benefit of

improvement in the productivity as a whole.

247

Page 248: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

The potential environmental impacts to be regulated from the proposed facilities are summarized below:

Air pollution due to the operation of the plant, which causes the emission of the Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), Sulphur Dioxide, Oxides of Nitrogen etc.

Waste water generation. Solid waste generation from the process; and Noise pollution due to various noise generating equipments.

In order to minimize these adverse impacts and to ensure that the environment in and around the project site as well as in the neighbourhood are well protected; an effective Environment Management Plan (EMP) is developed for the proposed expansion project facilities. The (EMP) is provided for both construction phase and for the operational phase of the proposed facilities. A post study monitoring programme to be under taken after commissioning of the project, which would assist in detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation have also been presented. 9.2 Technical Aspect 9.2.1 Construction Phase Site preparation The project site preparation requires some leveling activities. Vegetation on topsoil is removed prior to commencement of bulk earthwork. During dry weather conditions, dust may be generated by activities like excavation and transportation through un-metallic roads. The dust will be suppressed using water sprinkling. As soon as construction is over the surplus earth should be utilized to fill up low-lying areas, the rubbish will be cleared and all un-built surfaces reinstated. Appropriate vegetation will be planted and all such areas should be landscaped. Hazardous materials (e.g. acids, paints and explosives) will be stored in proper and designated areas. For Maintaining Water Quality In order to reduce the impact on water quality during the construction period, temporary sedimentation tanks will be constructed for the settlement of the suspended matter. The laborers appointed during construction would be provided with toilet facilities at the proposed project place to allow proper standards of hygiene.

For Maintaining Air Quality Frequent water sprinkling in the vicinity of the construction sites will be undertaken and will be continued after completion of plant construction. Since there is likely hood of fugitive dust from the construction activity, material handling and from the truck movement in the premises of the proposed plant, the industry will go for tree plantation program along the boundary of the proposed plant area.

248

Page 249: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

To Maintain Noise Level in the Vicinity The noise impact on the surrounding population during the construction phase will be within the acceptable limits. High noise generating equipment, if used, should not be operated during the night times to eliminate any possible discomfort to the nearby residents. Noise levels are not likely to be affected because of the vegetation and likely attenuation due to physical barriers present in the area. The following measures will be implemented:

• Provision for insulating caps and aids at the exit of noise source on the machinery,

• The use of damping materials such as thin rubber/lead sheet for wrapping the workplaces like compressors, generators etc,

• Earmuffs / earplugs should be provided to the workers and these are enforced to be used by the workers.

Ecological Aspects The initial construction works at the project site involves land clearance. During construction vegetation may be disturbed. So green belt will be developed to improve the aesthetic value in the area and to screen out the fugitive dust generated during construction.

9.2.2 Operational Phase Environmental Management Plan of the proposed installation of Ferro Alloys Plant for production of either or High Carbon Ferro Chrome, Ferro Manganese or Silico Manganese, during operation phase details the environmental quality control measures, which are proposed to be under taken by MMPL-FAP. The EMP in the design stage endeavours to mitigate the problems related to the technology selection stage and also at the design stage. The proposed project will be established taking into account all applicable standards / norms both for regulatory and safety purpose. Environmental management at design stage includes all the steps undertaken at the design stage by the project proponents to meet the statutory requirements and towards minimizing environmental impacts. The design basis for all process units will lay special emphasis on measures to minimize effluent generation and emission control at source. The related control measures with respect to gaseous emissions, liquid effluent discharges, noise generation, solid waste disposal etc. are described below:

Pollution Control Measures for Proposed Ferro Alloys Plant Dust Extraction System for Protection of Air Environment Dust extraction system (DE system) will be provided at material transfer points. (Such as belt conveyor, Day Bins vibrating screen, vibrating feeders etc) for Raw material handling system. The system will consist of suction hoods, ductwork, dampers (both manual and pneumatic operated) bag filters, fans, storage silo including dust conveying system. Dust level at exit gas will be at or below 50 mg/Nm3.

249

Page 250: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Gas cleaning system for 4 X 9 MVA Sub Merged Arc Furnace The gas emerging from the each furnace mouth (in the range of 78,000 to 90,000 NM3/hr at 210°C to 240°C, after cooling will need to be cleaned to a level of 50 mg/Nm3 before discharging the same to atmosphere. The dry type gas cleaning system shall be complete with duct, Spark arrestor, cooler, pre-collector, ID fan, bag filter etc. Raw Material Handling Area Raw material handling from the stockpile and fines dump in open area, crushing and screening units of plant result in emissions of fugitive dust. Apart from the above sources, material transfer points of conveyor system also result in fugitive dust emission in localized areas. In order to control the fugitive dust, MMPL-FAP will be implemented the following measures in the proposed plant.

• Raw material storage area will be completely covered to control the fugitive dust.

• The fugitive dust emission due to coal fines from the stockpile of raw materials and fines dump in the open area will be controlled by dust suppression (DS) system and by routine water sprinkling.

• MMPL-FAP will provide a partially closed conveyor system for transport of the raw material from the stockpiles to the direct process plant.

• The conveyor belt chutes speciously carrying smallest particles will be covered with semicircular M.S sheets and heaps are located in appropriate sheds. Wherever possible with all possible arrangements to prevent escape of dust during loading and unloading operations. Also, suitable control measures like hood and DE system are provided.

• Suitable water sprinkling system will be provided to reduce the dust from each dust generation area of the crusher.

• Suitable safety measures will be provided to protect workers from the ill effect of dust pollution.

• Suitable wind-breaking wall will be provided to arrest the dust blown out of the premises.

Air Pollution: The following air pollution control measures will be adopted.

Sprinklers to suppress dust emission during raw material handling and black topping of internal roads to avoid particulate matter emission due to playing of trucks.

Dry Fog suppression system and bag filters to control dust emission during the briquetting process.

Bag filters to control gaseous fumes and dust emission from the submerged arc furnace.

250

Page 251: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Suction Hood followed by bag filters to control air pollution from tapping process.

Provision of green belt in and around the plant premises. All Pollution control Systems will be installed with provision of the control of

emission. The emissions will not exceed 50mg/Nm3.

Noise Pollution: The following mitigation measures will be adopted. Provision of silencers shall be made wherever possible. Blowers to be housed in sound proof buildings. A well planned layout shall be made so as to maintain a greater distance

between the source and receiver. Damping materials for wrapping the work places like compressor room, D.G

set etc. Green belt with species of rich canopy shall be implemented. Ear plugs to the workers exposed to noisy equipments.

Water Pollution: The following mitigation measures will be adopted to meet the standard norms set for water quality: Runoff water during rainy season and surrounding the plant area, from the

storage yard will be collected in drains and treated in Chrome ore detoxification facilities in effluent treatment plant.

No housing colony will be constructed in the premises so sewage generated from office/plant toilets will be in a septic tank followed by soak pit.

Efforts shall be made to reuse the effluent generated after adequate treatment. Sewage generated due to domestic activities will be treated in a septic tank

followed by soak pit. Rainwater harvesting pit are envisaged to recharge ground water.

Solid Waste Management: The following measures for solid waste Management.

1. Slag would be collected at the point of production, which are not hazardous in nature and hence it is being used in construction of Roads etc

2. Dust from Bag Filter of Submerged arc furnace and tapping process will be collected, stored in storage yards and disposed to used in briquette manufactures.

3. Slag generated will be dumped in the secured landfill within the plant premises. Plant has enough area for disposal of slag.

4. Solid waste like waste cottons, empty bags, rejected gaskets, empty bottles band jerry canes, steel structures and rejected spares of process equipments etc, generated may have scarp value and shall be disposed off with price realization.

5. Used oil will be disposed to authorized reprocessing units having valid authorization from Orissa State Pollution Control Board.

251

Page 252: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

9.2.3 Identification and details of land to be used for slag disposal A separate slag notch is envisaged for proposed project. Normally the slag will be tapped through the main runner and skimmed in the main runner before flowing to the granulation plant. Under normal operation, all the slag shall be granulated in the granulation units. However, in case SGP is non operational or the slag is not suitable for granulation, the slag shall be diverted to slag pits. An open basin slag granulation system is envisaged where after granulation of the slag at the blowing box, the granulated slag water slurry falls into the granulation pit. Grab crane shall reclaim the slag. The slag will be discharged on to granulation tank by road. The granulation tank will have a storage capacity of 24 hours production.

The granulated slag can be stored in open storage yard for disposal to market. The slag from the dry slag pit will be cleared by road vehicles and will be dumped at a separate place. The location of the slag disposal area has been shown in the Plant Layout. 9.2.4 Green Belt Development plan in 33 % area A green belt of minimum 50m width will be provided all around the plant boundary limits. In addition, avenue trees will be planted all along the roads. 33% of the vacant land will be converted to green belt. The following species are suggested for plantation in order to reduce noise, dust emissions and ambient temperature in the vicinity of the site. However emphasis will be given of selecting local species. Name of the few species suggested for plantation

1. Alstonia scholaris 2. Azadirachta indica 3. Polyalthialongifloia 4. Tamarindus indica 5. Butea monosperma 6. Megnifere indica 7. Techtonagrandis 8. Melia asadirachta 9. Pongamia glabra 10. Sal 11. Sisoo

9.2.5 Rain Water Harvesting For rain water harvesting, four types of structures have been proposed. These are as follows.

252

Page 253: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

1. Check weirs across natural drainage – Two numbers 2. Recharge Bore Wells(fed by the filtered roof top rain water) – One numbers 3. Recharge Bore Wells(fed by the filtered Strom Water) – Two numbers 4. Contour Trenches – Three Numbers 5. Storage Cum Percolation Reservoir in the Downstream side

The physiography of the study area shows that it acts as a collector basin with moderately easterly gradient. As such in the natural system, it only acts as a catchment area and the collected rain water gets very little residence time to contribute to the ground water recharge phenomenon locally. Hence the rain water flows down to the basin and local catchments only. The underlain country rock also is that of the Iron Ore Group which are lateritized at the top with infiltration capacity as well as permeability of minor magnitude. Hence the scope of recharge to the underlain aquifers is not significant. Keeping this in mind the rain water harvesting structures have been designed to keep the natural flow as much undisturbed as possible. However the recharge structures have been designed to induce a component of recharge. Expected around 18,823.75 m3 of water will be recharged annually to the underlain phreatic aquifer( 5458.75m3 through contour trenches and 2,838.24 m3 through check weirs and about 10526.76 m3 through proposed reservoir). An amount of 23,328 m3 of water will be recharged Annually to the underlain deeper aquifer by means of three recharge bore holes. The proposed types of rain water harvesting structures are given in Diagram no. 15.

253

Page 254: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Diagram no.-15

254

Page 255: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

The different components of rain water harvesting structures are given below.

Diagram No. 16 Roof Top Rain Water Collector Pipes

Diagram No. 17 Filter Chamber for Roof Top Rain Water

255

Page 256: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Diagram No. 18 Trench Design

Diagram No. 19 Recharge Bore Well – R -3

256

Page 257: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Diagram No. 20 Recharge Bore Well – R -1 & R-2

Diagram No. 21 Sectional View of the Proposed Reservoir

257

Page 258: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

9.3 Monitoring and Evaluation Method

Necessary provisions will be made for proposed project for routine monitoring of stack emissions, ambient air quality, noise level and water quality as required by the regulations and for monitoring environment management schemes as implemented. The emission levels from the stack and the ambient air quality around the plant will be monitored periodically. Further, the effluent quality and noise levels are also will be regularly monitored. The instruments and the equipment necessary for monitoring will be made available in the plant laboratory once the in-house Environmental Management Cell is constituted.

Environment Management System In order to implement an effective management plan, a proper Environment Management system (EMS) is required. A formal environment management system provides a decision-making structure and action program to support continuous improvements in environmental performance. The ISO 14001: 2004 standard provides a basis for the integrated steel industries to have their EMS program certified. Environment Management System (EMS) is a tool for the industry to control and improve the implemented system and the environment quality of the industry. By implementing such system MMPL-FAP will aim to benchmark the current development with best use of environment friendly practices. The environmental cell with well-established laboratory will regularly monitor all the pollution sources in the proposed plant. MMPL-FAP implements various productivity management program in the plant to improve the work environment, effective housekeeping and environment quality. All the necessary steps will be taken in the plant to meet the standards prescribed by the State Pollution Control Board and Central Pollution Control Board. Monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out on a regular basis to ascertain the following:

• Status/Level of pollution within the plant and in its vicinity.

• Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution.

• Examine the efficiency of pollution control systems installed in the plant

• Regular monitoring of ambient air quality, stack emission, noise quality and water quality

9.4 Peripheral Development or Socio – economic Development Activities

To mitigate the negative impacts on the Peripheral zone or stress areas of impact, MMPL-FAP has envisaged and will initiate a Periphery Development Program. Under this program the Company will undertaken the following Peripheral Development Work in the surrounding villages. 5 % of the total project cost will be earmarked towards Socio Economic Development.

258

Page 259: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Annual Free Health Check up camps. Dispensary Facilities with free medicines. Immediate First Aid Facilities to Villagers. 24 hrs Ambulance Facilities. School Repairing and Construction of Additional Class Room at nearby

Villages. Supply of School Uniforms & Shoes to Children at nearby Schools. Providing Infrastructure Facilities to Local Villagers. Village Road Repairing. Provision of Drinking Water Facilities. Supporting Village Cultural and Sports Activities in Surrounding Villages. Support for Woman & Child Development Programs in the Villages. Support District Administration for any Peripheral Programs in the Study Area.

9.5 Plan for implementation of the recommendations made for the steel plants in the CREP guidelines

The technology, guide lines and recommendations made for Ferro Alloys Plant in the CREP guidelines as extracted below will be implemented as per its applicability to the said plant.

Monitoring Locations for fugitive emissions

Monitoring will be carried out at the following locations;

Table No- 74

Area Monitoring Locations Highline / Stock house / Material Handling Sections

Transfer Points, Saddle conveyor, Vibro feeder and Screening area

Cast house Hot metal tapping area, Ladle pouring area

The measurement will be done, preferably on 8-hour basis with high volume sampler. However, depending upon the prevalent conditions at the site, the period of measurement can be reduced.

v/v mean volume /volume for carbon monoxide of stack emissions Fugitive emission will be monitored at specified locations as above at

different levels and within a distance of 7m to 10 m away from the source of emission or from suction hood connected to control system.

259

Page 260: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Gas Cleaning Plant (GCP)/Scrubber Sludge The sludge will be compacted and suitably disposed off after ascertaining the composition for its suitability and ensuring that it should not have any adverse environmental impact. General Solid waste management program will be prepared with thrust on reuse and recycling. Solid waste disposal site should be earmarked within the plant premises. The storage site of solid waste will be scientifically designed keeping in view that the storage of solid waste will not have any adverse impact on the air quality or water regime, in any way.

The various types of solid wastes generated will be stored separately as per CPCB guidelines so that it will not adversely affect the air quality, becoming air borne by wind or water regime during rainy season by flowing along with the storm water.

Raw Material handling and Preparation Unloading of coal by trucks will be carried out with proper care avoiding dropping of the materials from height. Sprinkling water while unloading the material will be done to avoid fugitive emission. Crushing and screening operation will be carried out in enclosed area. Centralized de- dusting facility (collection hood and suction arrangements followed by de-dusting unit like bag filter or ESP or equally effective method or wet scrubber and finally discharge of emission through a stack) will be provided to control Fugitive Particulate Matter Emissions. The stack should confirm to the emission standards notified for de-dusting units. Water sprinkling arrangement will be provided at raw material heaps and on land around the crushing and screening units. Work area including the roads surrounding the plant will be asphalted or concreted. Enclosure will be provided for belt conveyors and transfer points of belt conveyors. The above enclosures will be rigid and permanent (and not of flexible/ cloth type enclosures) and fitted with self- closing doors and close fitting entrances and exits, where conveyors pass through the enclosures. Flexible covers will be installed at entry and exit of the conveyor to the enclosures, minimizing the gaps around the conveyors. In the wet system, water sprays/ sprinklers will be provided at the following strategic locations for dust suppression during raw material transfer:

- Belt conveyor discharge/ transfer point - Crusher/screen discharge locations

260

Page 261: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Chapter – 10 Executive Summary & Conclusion

10.1 Introduction

M/s Misrilall Mines Pvt. Ltd was incorporated in the year 1969. The company has its Ferro Alloys Plant located in village Pankphal, PS Kaling Nagar, Dist: Jajpur, Odisha where the said expansion will take place. The plant area is 49.36 acres and there is no forest land. The Company has installed one 4.5 MVA capacity Submerged Arc Furnace for manufacturing of High Carbon Ferro Carbon. This plant is operating successfully. In order to increase its capacity to 40 MVA the company has embarked on an expansion plan and intends to install another four numbers of SAF each of capacity 9 MVA. In order to have product flexibility keeping in view the demand supply scenario, the Company will use the same facility fully or partially to manufacture Ferro Alloys like High Carbon Ferro Chrome or Ferro Manganese or Silico Manganese with 4 X 9 MVA Sub Merged Arc Furnace as follows.

1. High Carbon Ferro Chrome = 66,000 MTPA 2. Ferro Manganese = 80,000 MTPA 3. Silico Manganese = 60,000 MTPA

The proposed proposal of M/s Misrilall Mines Pvt. Ltd. Ferro Alloys Division ( MMPL- FAD) is identified as Metallurgical Industry and is categorized under 3(a) of schedule of Industries (Category ‘A’) as per EIA Notification No. S. O. 1533 dated 14th September 2006 and amended thereafter and this proposed project requires prior Environmental Clearance vide clause No. 2(ii) of the said notification. For preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan, the Terms of Reference was issued by MoEF, Government of India vide Letter No. J-11011/3072011-IA-II (I) dated 12th August, 2011. In view of the above, MMPL- FAD, retained M/s Environmental Research and Services (India) Pvt. Ltd. Bhubaneswar for preparing Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the proposed Ferro Alloys Project. The objectives of EIA study are to establish baseline scenario with respect to one season data for report on different environmental components viz. air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic including parameters of human interest, identification, prediction and evaluation of significant impacts, evaluation of existing pollution control facilities, and preparation of appropriate Environmental Management Plan as per the EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006 and amended thereafter.

10.2 Project Description M/s Misrilall Mines Pvt. Ltd has Mining Leases of Chrome ore in Sukinda area which they have been operating profitably since 1954. The extent of lease area is 246.585 Hect. The balance estimated deposit is 3 million tone of average grade of +48% Cr2O3 which is suitable for production of High Carbon Ferro Chrome. Considering the raising capacity of 1.36 lacs MTA, they will be able to produce 61,800 MTA High Carbon Ferro Chrome which works out to 5150 MT per month, equivalent to 172

261

Page 262: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

MT/day. To obtain this quantity of production considering a thumb rule of 4.3MT/MVA production in 24 hrs they have to have an installed capacity of 40 MVA Submerged Arc furnaces (SAF) which can produce High Carbon Ferro Chrome or Ferro Manganese or Silico Manganese. India’s steel production capacity is going to increase manifold in the coming years. The per capita consumption of steel is only 49kg in our country compared to world average of 182 kg. In addition various steps have been taken to increase domestic steel consumption. India is the 5th largest crude steel producer in the world and is expected to become the second largest by 2015-16. India continues to maintain its lead position as the world's largest producer of direct reduced iron (DRI) or sponge iron during January-December 2010. 222 MoUs have been signed with various States for planned capacity of around 276 million tonne. In order to have product flexibility keeping in view the demand supply scenario and contribution the company will use the same facility fully or partially to manufacture Ferro Alloys like High Carbon Ferro Chrome, Ferro Manganese and Silico Manganese. 10.2.1 Manufacturing Process Description High Carbon Ferrochrome Production Process: The submerged arc process is a reduction smelting operation.

Charging: The reactants consist of metallic (chrome) ore and a carbon-source reducing agent, usually in the form of coke, low-volatility coal or wood chips. Limestone may also be added as a flux material. Raw materials are crushed, sized, and some cases, dried, and then conveyed to a mix house for weighing and blending. Conveyors, buckets, skip hoists, or cars transport the processed material to hoppers above the furnace. The mix is then gravity-fed through a feed chute either continuously or intermittently, as needed. Smelting: Three-phase electric current arcs are formed from electrode to electrode through the charge material. Power is applied continuously. The carbonaceous material in the furnace charge reacts with oxygen in the metal oxides of the charge and reduces them to base metals. The reactions produce large quantities of carbon monoxide (CO), which passes upward through the furnace charge. In the further reaction, this carbon monoxide gets converted into carbon dioxide (CO2). Feed materials may be charged continuously or intermittently. Tapping Pouring: The molten metal and slag are released through a tapping process, one or more tap holes extending through the furnace shell at the hearth level. Tap holes are opened with pellet shot from a gun, by drilling or by oxygen lancing. The molten metal and slag flow from the tap hole into a carbon-lined trough, then into a carbon-lined runner which directs the metal and slag into a ladle, ingot moulds, or chills (chills are low, flat, iron or steel pans that provide rapid cooling of the molten metal). Tapping is generally an intermittent process based on production rate of the furnace and may vary between 1-5 hour intervals. Tapping typically lasts 10 to 15 minutes. In some cases, tapping is done continuously. After tapping is completed the furnace resealed by inserting a carbon paste plug into tap hole. Chemistry adjustments may be necessary after furnace smelting to achieve a specified product.

262

Page 263: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

During tapping, slag is skimmed from the surface of the molten metal and the metal is transferred to the ladles for pouring into moulds. The slag can be disposed of in landfills, or used as a raw material in a furnace to produce a chemically related some ferroalloy product. Tapping and post tapping operations can be carried out using a mechanized system, which supports following processes:

Tap hole installation at proper locations and with refractory lining around tap holes. This helps in ease in repair of tap hole and more suitable tapping platform.

Drilling to tap hole prior to oxygen lancing using a Drilling machine. Closing of the tap hole using a Mud gun. Receptacles of floating slag on hot metal prior to casting. Casting of alloy in safe, economical and environmentally acceptable

manner achieving compact structure or metal. This can be achieved by using variable speed casting machine and water showers for metal solidification.

Product car tub. Crushing, sizing and handling of finished product.

After cooling and solidifying, the large ferroalloy castings may be broken with drop weights or hammers. The broken ferroalloy pieces are then crushed, screened (sized) and stored in bins until shipment. In some instances, the alloys are stored in lump form in inventories prior to sizing for shipping. Metal Recovery Plant : The ferroalloy slag consist some portion of valuable ferroalloy material which can be obtained in a directly saleable condition and can be sold at reasonably good market rates as compared to the main ferroalloy product. The Metal Recovery Plant is being used to recover this portion of metal from slag. Certain portion of slag is conveyed to Metal Recovery Plant (MRP) wherein it is crushed as to extract good quality Ferrochrome from the slag waste. This process involves the following three steps;

• Crushing and screening of metal containing slag.

• Separation of metal from slag.

• Re-crushing of middling to realize additional metal. Crushing and Screening: This circuit produces a crushed slag having a narrow size distribution, which would aid the metal liberation in further stages. Cone crushers are used to maximize shear at metal-slag interfaces. Wherever possible, the multiple cycles of crushing are maintained in a close circuit so that the minimum crushed size is achieved. To minimize fines, the reduction ratios are maintained as low as possible. Separation of Metal from Slag: This involves two – stage recovery jigging process; known as the ‘Coarse Jigging’ and ‘Fine Jigging’. During the course jigging stage, the cut density is set with an aim to recover clean metal and not with a focus on recovery. The coarse fraction is crushed to have an output in the form of saleable coarse alloy.

263

Page 264: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

An under-bed air pulsated jig with a float control system is on the discharge gates. A hydro-dynamically stable float is positioned in the jigging bed. Later during the Fine Jigging, the cut density is lowered to focus on recovery. Since the material is fine, a strongly pulsed Jig is not required here. Only a single stage is required to utilize ‘through the bed’ Jigging as the material quantity reaching this stage is only about 5% of the total feed. The output of this stage is in form of fine tailings and slimes. The final disposed middling from coarse jigging and very fine metal from fine jigging are used for furnace feed. Re-crushing of Middling: The re-crushed middlings are returned for re-jigging to recover additional material. The throughput material (slag) requirement in an MRP is 3 times of its output. i. e 3 MT of slag needs to be fed to achieve 1 MT of saleable ferrochrome. The feed size specifications shall be provided by the technology supplier based on the final equipment design parameters. The standard composition of High Carbon Ferro chrome (HCFC) is as given below:

Chromium - 57% to 63% Carbon - 6-8% Silicon - 4% Phosphorus - 0.0025-0.03% Sulphur -0.03% Max

Ferro Manganese Production Process Percentage of Manganese in Ferro Manganese is between 65-75%. The ferroalloy is classified into the following two grades on the basis of its carbon content:

Low Carbon Ferro Manganese – Carbon = 0.5%

High Carbon Ferro Manganese – Carbon 6%-8% Ferro Manganese, a bulk ferroalloy, is a key ingredient for steel making around 90% of world manganese ore production is used by the iron and steel making. Silico Manganese Production Process Silico manganese (SiMn) is, as the name suggests, a ferroalloy with high contents of manganese and silicon. It is made by heating a mixture of the oxides - manganese oxide (MnO2 ), silicon dioxide (SiO2 ), and iron oxide Fe2O3 with carbon in a furnace wherein these undergo a thermal decomposition reaction. Silico-Manganese is used as a deoxidizer and an alloying element in steel. The standard grade Silico manganese contains 14 to 16% of silicon, 65 to 68% of manganese and 2% of carbon. The low carbon grade SiMn has carbon levels from 0.05 to 0.10 %.

264

Page 265: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

List of Raw Material Requirement& Sources and Other Utilities Raw materials for production of HC Ferro Chrome/Ferro Manganese/Sillico Manganese are Chrome Ore, Reducing Agents, Fluxes and Carbon Electrode Paste Chrome Ore: Chrome Ore is the major raw material used for production of HC Ferro Chrome. The State of Odisha accounts for more than 95% of the chrome ore reserves of India. The country’s largest chrome ore deposit is situated in the Sukinda valley of Jajpur district, Odisha. The consumption norm is 2.2 MT of Chrome ore per production of 1 MT of High Carbon Ferro Chrome. Similarly for production of 1.0 MT of High Carbon Ferro Chrome, the requirement of Molasses is 0.04 MT, Coke - 0.75 MT, Carbon paste – 0.01 MT and Quartz is 0.18n MT. Similarly for production of 1.0 MT of Ferro Manganese or Silico Manganese, the requirement of Manganese ore is 3.0 MT, Coke is 0.65 MT, Carbon Past is 0.015 MT, Quartz is 0.30 MT and Charcoal is 0.250 MT. Power: The power required for the proposed project will be 31777.5 KW or 37704.5 KVA and it will be sourced from the state grid. Water: The water requirement is 125 m3/day and it will be sourced from ground water and from Rain Water Harvesting Pond. The necessary Rain Water Harvesting Plan has been planned and the permission for drawl of ground water will be taken from Central Ground Water Authority. Manpower requirement: The Plant would operate for about 330 days in a year. The total number of employees will be recruited about 480 employees (direct and indirect) to operate the proposed facilities.

10.2.2 Pollution Control Measures The following control measures have been provided to the existing 1 X 4.5 MVA Furnace. These are as follows; Smoke Hood along with Heat Exchanger, Venturi Scrubber and Bag Filters. The all internal roads have been made in RCC. The Store yard for both Raw Material and Finish Product are also made RCC. Green belt along the Boundary wall and avenue plantation along the Internal

Roads has been done. Portable & Mobile sprinklers have been provided for fugitive dust control. All surface runoff except furnace area and storage area is channelized through

storm water drains and tested for Hexavalent Chromium before being discharged.

Furnace area and Storage area drains are separated and runoff is used for cooling.

Proposed Pollution Control Measures

Air Pollution: The following air pollution control measures will be adopted. Sprinklers to suppress dust emission during raw material handling. Black topping of internal roads to avoid particulate matter emission due to

playing of trucks.

265

Page 266: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Dry fog dust suppression system and bag filters to control dust emission during the process.

Bag filters with Heat Exchangers to control gaseous fumes and dust emission from the submerged arc furnace.

Suction Hood followed by bag filters to control air pollution from tapping process.

Provision of green belt in and around the plant premises. All Pollution control Systems will be installed with provision of the control of

emission. The emissions will not exceed 50mg/Nm3.

Noise Pollution: The following mitigation measures will be adopted.

Provision of silencers shall be made wherever possible.

Blowers to be housed in sound proof buildings.

A well planned layout shall be made so as to maintain a greater distance between the source and receiver.

Damping materials for wrapping the work places like compressor room, DIG set etc.

Green belt with species of rich canopy shall be implemented.

Ear plugs to the workers exposed to noisy equipments.

Water Pollution: The following mitigation measures will be adopted;

Efforts shall be made to reuse the effluent generated after adequate treatment.

Runoff water during rainy season from surrounding plant area, storage yard will be collected in drains and treated in Chrome ore detoxification facilities in effluent treatment plant.

No housing colony will be constructed in the premises so only sewage generated from office/plant toilets will be in a septic tank followed by soak pit.

Rainwater harvesting pit are planned to recharge ground water. Solid Waste Management: The following measures for solid waste Management will be adopted. Slag would be collected at the point of production, which are not hazardous in

nature and hence it will be used in construction of Roads etc. Dust from the bag filters of submerged arc furnace and tapping process will be

collected, stored in storage yards and disposed to be used in briquette manufactures.

Slag generated will be dumped in the secured landfill within the plant premises. Plant has enough area for the disposal of slag.

266

Page 267: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Solid waste like waste cottons, empty bags, rejected gaskets, empty bottles and jerry canes, steel structures and rejected spares of process equipments etc. generated may have scrap value and shall be disposed off with price realization.

Used Oil will be disposed to authorizing reprocessing units (having valid authorization) from Orissa State pollution Control Board.

10.3 Description of Environment The existing pre-project environmental status of the area in respect of various environmental parameters are studied with a view to have the baseline environmental quality details which will form as a base for comparison on post operations stage of the project to know the impact due to project operations. For the purpose of this study, the area has been divided into two zones namely the core zone and the buffer zone. Core zone represents the plant area 49.36 Acres and the buffer zone encompasses an area of 10 km radius from the periphery of the core zone. The topographical map of the area reveals that the area is almost plain. Contour of the project site varies from 20.0 m aMSL to 60.0 m aMSL. There is no such ecologically sensitive area as per Hon/be Supreme Court Civil writ petition No. 460 of 2004. There are Open Mixed Jungle, Open Jungle, settlements, Reserve Forests, village forest, roads, Railway lines, water bodies and waste lands. There is no perennial nala in the project area. Surface run-off water flows along the natural slopes, valleys and finally into the perennial river Brahmani, south of Project area. The distance of ‘River Brahmani’ is about 5.2 Kms from the Project site. The period of baseline data collection was the summer 2012 i.e. March, April & May 2012. The components of base line data collection for both primary and secondary are land /Soil Quality, Water Quality, Flora (Vegetation) & Fauna, Air Quality, Noise Level, Meteorological Data and Socio – Economic status of the people in the area. No notified ecologically sensitive area, like national park, wildlife sanctuary, biosphere reserve and archaeological monuments exists within 10 km radius of the proposed project site. Besides, the project area does not fall under critically or severely polluted area (as listed under Office Memorandum of MoEF, Govt of India, vide.J-11013/5/2010-IA-II (I), dated 13th Jan, 2010).

Daily Maximum temperature is 38.80 C and the mean temperature is 15.50 C. The average relative humidity is 77 %. The average annual rainfall is 1557.2 mm.

The PM10, PM 2.5, SO2 and NOx levels were monitored at 08 locations in the study area. The baseline Ambient air quality are within National Ambient Air Quality Emission Standards issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R. No 826(E) dated 16th November, 2009. It is seen that, PM10 values ranged from 71.78 to 63.03 µg/m3 and PM2.5 values from 44.81 to 20.56 µg/m3. Similarly the SO2, levels ranged from 4.47 to 1.87 µg/m3, while NOx ranged from 3.56 to 1.39 µg/m3.

Ambient noise levels were also monitored at 08 locations in the study area. The baseline noise levels are well within the National Standards (75 dB(A) during day

267

Page 268: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

time in plant premises & 55 dB(A) during day time in Residential area and 70 dB(A) during night time in plant premises & 45 dB(A) in residential area during night time). 10 numbers of surface water samples and 09 numbers of groundwater samples were collected from the study area for analysis. The water quality is within the permissible limit. No metallic or bacterial contamination was found in the groundwater samples. Soil samples were collected from 06 (six) locations from the study area. The soil texture of project are is Sandy loam where the texture of soil in buffer area are Silt Clay, Sandy Clay and Sandy loam. The acidity is ranging from 5.34 to 8.10 mg/kg. Electrical conductance ranging from 36.5 to 161.8 µS/cm. Organic Carbon ranging from 0.17 to 0.52%. Phosphorous ranging from 9.0 to 27.0 kg/Ha. Potassium ranging from 136.0 to 432.20 kg/ha., Nitrogen from 0.001 to 0.015 %, Salinity from 0.02 to 0.66 ppt, Chloride from 19.9 to 136.6 mg/kg, Sulphate from 260.8 to 319.2 mg/kg, the Water Holding Capacities are 18.8 to 47.9 %, Bulk density of soil samples were from 1.23 to 1.43 g/cc, Porosity from 0.326 to 0.547 and the soil moisture are 1.7 to 5.9%. Sal, Akasia, Bel, Siris, Tentra, Dharua, Kanchan, Arakh, Chakunda, Jhaun, Amba, Baula, Debdaru, Anla, Dimiri, Pipal, Tentuli, Barakoli, Jack Fruit, Neem, Sunari, Karanja, Babul, tInia and Siju etc. are the main plant species of the study area. Common faunal elements like Bat, Rat, Bear, Elephant, Mongoose, Squirrel, Monkey, Jackals, Rabbit, Wild pig, Wild fox, Dove, Parrot, Peacock, Pigeon, Crow, Cuckoo, Owl, Weaver Bird, Common Myna, Common Frog, Toad, Tree frog, Common garden lizard, Krait, Indian cobra, Pythan and local fishes are available in the study area. No endangered species of plants and animals has been found in the study area. No Schedule - I animal species found in the study area. The total population within the buffer zone as per 2001 census works out to 36046 of which 18470 are male and 17576 are female. Settlement covers 58.165 Sq. Km, RF / PF forest covers 30.260 Sq. km, village forest covers 40.235 Sq. Km, plantation/ other trees covers 50.145 Sq. km, road covers 25.105 Sq. km, railway line 20.120 Sq. km, water body covers 30.135 Sq. km and the waste land covers 60.120 Sq. Km of the study area. River Brahmani, Pandra Nadi and a few open ponds are within the study area. Several village ponds exist in the study area which is mainly used for bathing and agricultural purposes. Depth to Water Level in project area ranges between 6.0 to 7.0 mbgl during Pre monsoon period and 2.0 to 3.0 m bgl during post monsoon period. 10.4 Anticipated Environmental Impact and Mitigation Measures Land Use: Present availability of land is sufficiently stretched land with relatively flat terrain. Major activities involve during construction phase consist of site clearing, leveling, developing, civil & structural works, equipment installation and other construction works related to proposed project till commissioning.

268

Page 269: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

During construction time there will be possibilities of change in land use in the project site only, which is the core area. But the land use in buffer area will not be directly affected or change due to the said project. Soil Quality: No blasting is envisaged during construction activities but with normal excavation at site will result in loss of topsoil to some extent in the plant area, but these activities have no adverse impact on the soil quality of nearby paddy fields. Impact on nearby soil quality due to disposal of slag and other impurities expected to be generated will be very much insignificant as the company will have a well defined solid wastes including hazardous wastes and ash handling & disposal system. Water Environment: The construction in the proposed project will be more related to mechanical fabrication, assembly and erection; hence the water requirements will not be of significant quantity. Temporary sanitation facilities like soak pits, septic tanks will be set up for disposal of sanitary sewage generated by the activities. There is no discharge of waste water from the units to outside. Water pollution for the proposed project is not significant. The use of water is only to cool the furnace jacket and slag quenching. For furnace jacket cooling it is completely a recirculation system with makeup water for evaporation loss and water used for slag quenching is completely evaporated. Impact of drawl of water on the nearby River during lean season: The annual replenish able groundwater resource of the area works out to be 65.36 mcm and the gross annual draft is only 5.57 mcm. Thus the present stage of development in the buffer zone is 9.31 %. Thus sufficient scope exists for further groundwater development in the area. Withdrawal of water will not significantly affect the groundwater reservoir as well as nearby river during lean season. Impact of the transport of the raw material and end products on the surrounding environment: The raw material will be transported through road transport. During transportation, the material will be covered and leak proof. So, there will be no such impact on the surrounding environment. Vegetation and Fauna: Impacts on vegetation and fauna or the ecosystem due to the said project is not so significant. The initial construction works at the project site involves very little land clearance. But due to this project the green coverage at project site will improve as the site does not contain any trees. And as the site does not harbor any fauna of importance the question of any impact on fauna does not arise. Normally the animals are disturbed due to vibration and noise. The proposed project will not have any such impacts in buffer area. So the animals in buffer area will not be affected due to this project. Air Environment: Impact on air environment due to the proposed project will also be experienced in two phases. One will be during constructional phase and the other one will be during operational phase. The main sources of emission during the construction period are the movement of equipment at site and dust emitted during the leveling, grading, earthwork, etc. Foundation phase is also likely to result in marginal increase in the levels of SO2, NOX, PM10, PM2.5. The impact will be confined within the project boundary and is

269

Page 270: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

expected to be negligible outside the plant boundaries. The impact will be for short duration and confined locally to the construction site. Impact on air quality due to fugitive emissions consequent to this project operation estimated based on the computer model – ISCST (Industrial Source Complex Short Term Model), show that the maximum Ground level concentration values (GLC) are very low. Considering the background levels, in the baseline AAQ monitoring locations, the predicted post-project values for PM10 ranged between 89.01123 µg/m3, which are well within prescribed CPCB limits. In the proposed project Chrome ore and coal are the main raw materials to be used for Ferro Chrome production. Major pollutants emitted from the ore processing are particulate matter, SO2 and NOx. From the said metallurgical process slag will be generated. Appropriate pollution control measures will be adopted. Socio-Economic as well Aesthetic Aspects: The proposed project will create temporary employment to skilled and high skilled manpower during constructional phase. Most of the employees deployed during the construction period will be from local areas. The proposed activities will lead to have small commercial establishments like retail shops and hotels etc. consequently economic up liftmen of the area is expected. The construction sites for the project and the area adjacent to the project will experience some increase in floating population, vehicular traffic and pollution mainly PM10/ fugitive dust. Since this increase of pollution will be only temporary and restricted to an area close to construction activity, hence the impact on human and animal health will not be significant during construction time. However, precautions such as water spraying, use of mask etc. will be taken to further minimize the effect. Mitigation Measures: The dust generates during site preparation will be suppressed using water sprinkling. As soon as construction is over the surplus earth will be utilized to fill up low-lying areas. In order to reduce the impact on water quality due to suspended solid carryover into the water bodies, temporary sedimentation tanks will be constructed for the settlement of the suspended solids within the factory premises. There is not much likely hood of ground water contamination as there will not be generation of any process effluents during construction and no discharge into ground water. The laborers engaged during construction would be provided with toilet facilities at the proposed project site with proper treatment system of Septic Tank and Soak Pit.

Frequent water sprinkling in the vicinity of the construction sites would be undertaken and will be continued even after completion of plant construction. Proposed fast growing plantation program will help in arresting fugitive dust expected to be generated during construction period. But this situation will be possible only after one year as it will take minimum a year time for all most all varieties of plants to attain a standard height and to be of good canopy. Insulating caps will be provided to the noise generating machineries. Dampening materials such as thin rubber/lead sheet for covering the workplaces like compressors, generators etc. will be used. Earmuffs / earplugs will be provided to the workers and use of such Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) will be ensured.

270

Page 271: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

The core area does not have much vegetation. So, the impact of construction work on ecological aspects will not be so significant. Only the present landscape will be changed. So green belt will be developed to improve the aesthetic value in the area and to screen out the fugitive dust generated during construction. As per the formula of the stack height in the Ferro Chrome Plant will be maintained. And for the proposed Ferro alloys plant for better dispersion 40 meter stack height will be provided. For control of fugitive emission from the furnace hood of proposed Ferro alloys plant Gas Cleaning Plant will be provided and for control of fugitive emissions and Secondary fugitive emissions from the Ferro Chrome Plant will be as per the guide lines of Central Pollution Control Board and will be as per the latest permissible limits issued by the Ministry vide G. S. R. 414 (E) dated 30th May, 2008. All equipment in the proposed plant will be designed / operated to have a noise level not exceeding 85 dB(A) as per the requirements of Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standard (OSHA) of USA. In addition, since most of the noise generating equipments would be in enclosed structures, the noise transmitted outside would be still lower. Toxic Chemical Leachbility Potential (TCLP) Test for the Slag will be done before land filling. Scheme for further improvement for the recovery of the chrome will be carried out. A green belt of minimum 50m width will be provided all around the plant boundary limits. In addition, avenue trees will be planted all along the roads. 33% of the vacant land will be converted to green belt.

10.5 Environmental Monitoring Program Necessary provisions will be made for routine monitoring of stack emissions, ambient air quality, noise level, water quality and Plantation as required by the regulations and for monitoring environment management as implemented. The emission levels from the stack and the ambient air quality around the plant will be monitored periodically. Further, the effluent quality and noise levels will also be regularly monitored. The instruments and the equipment necessary for monitoring will be made available in the plant laboratory. Ground water table level, Solid waste management monitoring, plantation monitoring will also be carried out.

10.6 Project Benefits Various benefits could be envisaged due to this project. These are Generation of Employment, Infrastructure Development, Improvement of Educational Facilities in the Surrounding Area, Increase in General Awareness of the People, Increase in Competitive Spirit Among Youths, Improvement of the General Living Standard of the People in the Vicinity, Growth of Allied Industries in the Area., Outflow of local people will reduce and at the same time Inflow from outside will increase., Per Capita Income will improve. It will reduce Public Expenditure of Government on social Consumption Need, It will add to Government Exchequers in the form of various taxes and returns.

271

Page 272: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

10.7 Environment Management Plan Environment Management Plan is required to be implemented by the plant management in order to achieve better environmental viability of the project. The EMP will establish a framework for the effective management of environmental impacts and ensure the best overall protection of the environment through appropriate management procedures. Rs.10.0 crores has been earmarked as capital cost of pollution control systems. Environmental Management System (ISO 14000) will be instituted in conjunction with this EIA report. Environmental Management during construction phase will be the responsibility of contractor. MMPL-FAP will introduce requisite provisions in the contract documents and the contractor will develop a contract specific plan and designate staff responsible for pollution control. The Environment Management Cell (EMC) will monitor the contractor’s obligation for mitigating the environmental impact during construction phase. The EMC will ensure that all air pollution control devices, effluent treatment plants and water re-circulating and reuse schemes are functioning effectively. They will also supervise and monitor the handling, transport and disposal of solid wastes, spent oil and lubricants as per the approved authorization. MMPL-FAP will promote use of ozone friendly refrigerants. MMPL-FAP will quantify the emission rates of greenhouse gases and explore adoption of clean development mechanism and followed the CREP guidelines. 33 % of the total project area will be converted into Greenbelt and greenery development inside and outside the plant premises. CPCB guidelines on greenbelt development will be followed and district forest department will be consulted for selection of trees. The workers will continue to be periodically checked for any clinical complaints and abnormal symptoms by the in-house medical department. Safety department undertakes full review of the potential hazard scenarios during plant commissioning. The review confirms the proposed safeguards for accident prevention and minimization and updates the assessment of consequences. In order to prevent the occupational health hazard, MMPL-FAP will conduct pre-medical check-up under Section 69 of the Factories Act by the certified Surgeon. After that, MMPL-FAP will conduct health check up program by qualified medical Surgeon quarterly in every quarter of the year and maintaining a health register prescribed under Rule 14 of the Factories Act in Form No- 17, which is being verified by Assistant Director Factories during his visit. MMPL-FAP will appoint a qualified medical Surgeon to monitoring day-to-day occupational health hazard and check-up the workmen on a regular basis to prevent occupational health hazard. The records are and will be maintained in Form 17(Prescribed under Rule 14) the Health Register of the Company. With the effective implementation of mitigation measures and Environmental Management Plan during detailed design, construction planning, construction and operation the project will create minimum adverse impacts that will be manageable.

272

Page 273: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Chapter – 11 Disclosure of Consultants

11.1 The Name of the Consultants Engaged

The consultant engaged for the said assignment is Environmental Research and Services (India) Private Limited, having its office at Plot Number B-22, Sector – B, Chandaka Industrial Estate, Bhubaneswar – 751 024, Odisha, India. Telephone Number – 0674 – 2725841 and email Id: [email protected] and [email protected]

Environmental Research and Services (India) Private Limited was incorporated on 17th day of February 1995. It has established a well-equipped laboratory (in house and field) having facilities as detailed below with the finance of State Bank of India, Bhubaneswar Industrial Estate Branch, Bhubaneswar. It is certified by Odisha State Pollution Control Board since 2003 capable of carrying EIA/EMP Studies including Environment Parameters Monitoring. The Laboratory has been Accredited by NABL in the discipline of CHEMICAL TESTING since 7th March 2013 for testing of the parameters covered in preparation of EIA/EMP study.

11.2 Brief resume and nature of Consultancy rendered by the Consultant

The basic facilities available with the said organization for carrying out the related activities are given below. EXISTING IN-HOUSE LABORATORY AND MOBILE SAMPLE COLLECTION FACILITIES A. LIST OF EQUIPMENT 1. Refrigerator 2. Deep Freezer 3. Incubator 4. Hot Air Oven 5. Muffle Furnace 6. Autoclave 7. Water Bath 8. Centrifuge 9. Water Distillation Assembly 10. Heating Mantle 11. Hot Plate 12. Magnetic Stirrer with Hot Plate 13. Vacuum Filtration Pump 14. Electronic Colony Counter

273

Page 274: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

15. Aquarium for Bioassay & Aerators 16. Water Purification System (Reverse Osmosis) 17. Pestle and mortar 18. Shieves 19. Bomb Calorimeter. 20. Carbon Sulphur Analyzer B. GLASS ASSEMBLIES 1. Fluoride Distillation Assembly 2. Cyanide Distillation Assembly 3. Ammonia Distillation Assembly 4. Kjeldehal Nitrogen Assembly 5. COD Digestion Assembly 6. Soxlet Extraction Assembly 7. Arsenic Estimation Assembly 8. Semi-micro Nitrogen Estimation Assembly C. LIST OF INSTRUMENT 1. Analytical Balance 2. pH meter, Portable Table Model 3. Conductivity Meter 4. Turbidity Meter 5. Monocular microscope 6. Dissection Microscope 7. Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer 8. Visible Spectro Photometer

9. Pietzometer 10. Automatic Weather Station 11. PAH Sampler 12. CO Indicator

FIELD MONITORING FACILITIES 1. Ambient Air / Fugitive Emission i) High Volume Air Sampler ii) Respirable Dust Sampler iii) Fine Particulate Sampler – APM 550

(PM 2.5) iv) PM 2.5 Attachment – AAS 190

274

Page 275: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

2. Micro - meteorological i) Dry-Bulb & Wet-Bulb Thermometer ii) Portable Wind Vane DHW 112 iii) Hand Held Anemometer DHW 111 iv) Rainfall Sensor DTR 8104

v) Portable Hygrometer

3. Source Emission i) Portable Stack Monitoring kit ii) Velocity meter

iii) Orsat apparatus

4. Noise Level i) Portable Noise level meter

5. Occupational Health Study i) Wet Spirograph ii) Weighing machine iii) Height measurement stand iv) Blood pressure instrument v) Wright peak flow meter

vi) Portable blood analyzer

6. Power supply backup

i) Inverters with battery ii) Generator Sets

7. Own Monitoring Van COMPUTER FACILITIES Environmental Research and Services (India) Private Limited has the necessary in house computation and data processing facilities including the latest core i3 processor based computers with most advanced packages. It has developed software necessary for EIA, EMP and Carrying Capacity studies. Other facilities such as hp laser jet printers and scanners etc. are also available in-house for efficient office management. LIBRARY AND TRAINING FACILITIES Environmental Research and Services (India) Private Limited has a good collection of reference books, journals, Bulletins on standard methods of analysis (APHA, BIS, IS, CPCB), hand books, manuals, Govt. Gazette notifications on Environmental Rules & Procedures and research papers etc. on Environmental related subjects such as:

275

Page 276: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Air Pollution and its control Air pollution meteorology Air pollution modeling Water Pollution and its control Waste water handling and its treatment Waste water engineering Municipal sewage treatment Marine pollution Hazardous waste management ISO: 14000 Environment Audit Environmental Acts Bio diversity Life cycle analysis

Copies of bare acts and rules on Air, Water, Environmental Protection Acts, Public Liability Insurance Acts, Environmental Audit, Handling of Hazardous Chemicals, etc. are also available for ready reference in the library.

With excellent facilities of laboratory, library and highly qualified faculties at its command, Environmental Research and Services (India) Private Limited has set up a Training Centre for providing training to various industrial personnel handling pollution at different level. The training courses include Equipment Handling, Laboratory Analysis Techniques, Environmental Laws, Air and Water pollution Control, Field Monitoring and Procedures of EMP, EIA, Risk Assessment, On site and Off site Planning, Environmental Audit and ISO: 14000. Details of Directors

Environmental Research and Services (India) Private Limited, Bhubaneswar, manned and advised by experts from Environmental Science and Engineering, Statistical Evaluations & Econometrics, Occupational Health and General Management. A brief resume of the Directors are given below.

Dr. (Ms) Arundhati Tej, M. Phil, Ph. D, Managing Director, Environmental Research and Services (India) Private Limited, Bhubaneswar, Co-Opted Member, House Committee of Environment, Odisha Legislative Assembly. Dr. (Ms) A. Tej is a postgraduate in Mathematics with specialization in Operations Research and Doctorate in Air Pollution Diffusion Studies and computer simulation modeling for Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Planning for major industrial areas in the State of Odisha. She has wide experience in Environmental Impact Assessment studies, Environment Pollution Monitoring & Air Pollution Meteorological studies. She worked for three years with the senior scientist and meteorologist of IIT and IMD New Delhi on Atmospheric Diffusion Problems, Atmospheric Carrying Capacity and presented a number of research papers on Environmental Impact Assessment of various industries and mines in different National and International Work-Shops in India and abroad. In this connection she

276

Page 277: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

has visited countries like Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Bangkok on several occasions since 1988. She has undergone training on Air Pollution Meteorology, Atmospheric Dispersion, Environmental Test Techniques and Environmental Impact Assessment Techniques and Techniques of Environmental Management Plan in the Department of Physics, University of Pune, Department of Atmospheric Science, Indian Institute of Technology, New Delhi, School of Environment Science, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, National Environmental Engineering Research Institute, Nagpur and Indian Institute of Tropical Meteorology, Pune. She has more than 25 years of experience in industrial pollution matters both while working for her Ph. D degree as well as while serving as an Environment Officer of IMFA Group of Industries, Bhubaneswar and also working freelancing. She has prepared the EMP and conducted regular environmental monitoring for mines and factories of the IMFA and ICCL. Presently as Managing Director of Environmental Research and Services (India) Pvt. Ltd., she is in charge of a number of assignments on Environmental Impact Assessment studies, Regular Environmental Pollution Monitoring, Meteorological Data Monitoring and Environmental Audit of different Industries and Mines. She has more than 10 years working experience in various water treatment system laboratory analysis of 108 MW capacity thermal plant of IMFA group of Industries. She is also a D N V Certified Lead Auditor for ISO 14000.

Mr. Bhavesh M Patel, MS (Chemical Engineering), Director, Environmental Research and Services (India) Private Limited, Bhubaneswar, an Engineering Graduate in Chemical Engineering from IIT, New Delhi, India (1976), a Rank Topper in MS Plant Engineering in Process Industries, LUT, England ( 1977), has worked as Sr. Development Engineer in ABB - CE services (fortune 100 company ), Windsor, CT and Chattanooga, TN, USA (1978-1985), Principal Investigator for solving problems dealing with corrosion, water chemistry, chemical cleaning and design work. Prepared computer programs for three independent high pressures, temperature instrumented test loops for on line monitoring of test parameters and data acquisition for subsequent analysis. Verified computer program for estimating number of perforated fuel rods based on Iodine activity. Involved in computer aided stress analyses work related with the multibillion-dollar North Dakota coal gasification project. Identified effects of condenser in leakage and resin ingress on nuclear steam generator tubing corrosion and denting in support annuli and corrective chemistry. Performed PWR Plant Chemistry follow for 12 CE nuclear power plants in order to ascertain that utilities followed vendor recommended water chemistry specifications. Determined fluid flow characteristics in the economizer section of system 80 steam generators. Inspected nuclear steam generators internals. Provided technical support for Primary core DP problems, RCP seal failure, UGS cracking, spent fuel pool cleanup after glycol spill incident and many areas related to primary / secondary chemistry. Also provided support in the development of a chemical cleaning process for the nuclear steam generators.

277

Page 278: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

AVAILABLE MAN POWER FOR EIA PREPARATION EIA Coordinators

1. Dr. A. Tej (PH. D) Full Time/In house 2. Mr. S. K. Mohapatra Full Time/In house

EIA Functional Area Experts 1. Dr. A. Tej Full Time AQ/AP/ WP 2. Er. B. M. Patel Full Time RH/SHW 3. Mr. S. K. Mohapatra Full Time SE 4. Mr. S. M. Patra Full Time Geo & HG 5. Dr. S. Ghosh Full Time EB & SC 6. Mr. B. Ghosh Full Time SC 7. Dr. Dipika Patnaik Empanelled AP/ WP 8. Er. S. N. Patnaik Empanelled NV 9. Dr. A K Mohapatra Empanelled SE 10. Dr. D. S. Pattanaik Empanelled LU

Associate EIA Functional Area Experts

1. Mr. S. P. Pattanayak Full Time AP/ WP 2. Mr. M. Das Full Time SE

OTHER MANPOWER AVAILABLE

Laboratory

Chemist - 4

Laboratory Attendant - 1

Field Assistant - 4

Administrative

Managerial - 3

Support Executives/Staff - 10

Directors - 2

Sub Total - 24 In additional to the above regular staff, the unit engages several temporary staff for various field monitoring and survey activities as and when required depending upon the assignment.

278

Page 279: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

SUPPORTING FACILITIES Environmental Research and Services (India) Private Limited since its inception is engaged in carrying out monitoring and analysis of various water samples, air samples (both ambient and stack emission), soil samples, noise level, municipal solid wastes, coal samples etc. for a large number of customers as mentioned in the following pages. Besides the above, the Company also carry out Occupational Health Study and meteorological data generation for some specific clients while preparing their EMP, which includes EIA and Atmospheric Carrying Capacity. Apart from the analytical work we also take up annual operation & maintenance contract of different Treatment Plant both water and waste water for industries. A comprehensive list of different tests conducted relating to various samples at the Laboratory is given below.

Water Samples PHYSICAL TESTS 1. Colour 2. Conductivity 3. Dissolved Solids 4. pH

5. Suspended Solids (SS) 6. Suspended Volatile Solids (SVS) 7. Settleable Solids

8 Total Solids (TS) 9. Total Volatile Solids (TVS) 10. Temperature 11. Turbidity 12. Velocity of Flow* 13 Salinity 14. Odor 15. Sludge Volume Index (SVI)

CHEMICAL TESTS (General) 1. Acidity 2. Alkalinity 3. Ammonical Nitrogen 4. Ammonia Free* 5. Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) 6. Bromide* 7. Chloride 8. Carbon Dioxide 9. Chlorine Demand 10. Chlorine Residual 11. Cyanide*

279

Page 280: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

12. Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) 13. Dissolved Oxygen 14. Fluoride 15. Hardness (Total and Calcium) 16. Iodide (Traces) 17. Kjedlahl Nitrogen (Total) 18. Nitrite Nitrogen 19. Nitrate Nitrogen 20. Oil and Grease 21. Phosphate 22. Sulfate 23. Sulfide 24. Sulfite 25. Silica CHEMICAL TESTS (Metals) 1. Arsenic* 2. Aluminum 3. Boron * 4. Barium* 5. Beryllium* 6. Cadmium* 7. Calcium 8. Chromium (Total) and Chromium (Hexavalent) 9. Copper* 10. Iron (Total) and Iron (Ferrous) 11. Lead* 12. Lithium* 13. Magnesium 14. Manganese* 15. Mercury* 16. Nickel* 17. Potassium* 18. Selenium* 19. Silver * 20. Sodium* 21. Strontium* 22. Tin* 23. Vanadium* 24. Zinc*

280

Page 281: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

CHEMICAL TESTS (Organics) 1. Hydrocarbon* 2. Phenols* CHEMICAL TESTS (Microbiological parameters) 1. Fecal Strepto Cocci* 2. Fecal Coliform Organisms (MPN)* 3. Pathogens* 4. Seprophytic Identification* 5. Total Plate Count* 6. Total Coliform Organisms (MPN)* 7. Salomnela species (Total Count)* CHEMICAL TESTS (Biological parameters)

1. Chlorophylls Estimation* 2. Planktonic Count*

CHEMICAL TESTS (Bioassay of toxic pollutants) 1. Estimation of EC 50 on Fish* 2. Estimation of LC 50 on Fish* Air Samples (Ambient / Stack Emission)

Ambient Air quality Stack Emission Ammonia CO by ORSAT App. Carbon Monoxide CO2 by ORSAT App. Dust Fall Flow Rate Hydrogen Sulphide Moisture Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Particulate Matter( PM2.5) Nitrogen Oxides (NOx)* Particulate Matter( PM10) Particulate Matter Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Total Fluoride Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) O2* Respirable Particulate Matter (RPM)* SO3

*

Noise * Velocity, Temperature

Soil samples * 1. pH 2. Electrical Conductance 3. Organic Compound 4. Phosphorous

281

Page 282: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

5. Potash 6. Nitrogen 7. Water Holding Capacity 8. Bulk Density 9. Porosity 10. Texture 11. Infiltration Capacity 12. Moisture 13. Mn 14. Cr 15. Fe Coal Samples * 1. Proximate Analysis of Coal 2. Ultimate Analysis of Coal Noise Monitoring * 1. Noise level Meteorological Data generation* 1. Wind Speed 2. Wind Direction 3. Temperature 4. Cloud coverage 5. Humidity 6. Air shed 7. Mixing Depth/Inversion Height 8. Air pressure 9. Precipitation 10. Solar Insulation Vehicular Emission in collaboration with our Associate* 1. Smoke 2. Carbon Monoxide 3. Oxides of Nitrogen 4. Hydrocarbon Toxic and Hazardous Gases List of parameters, which could be analyzed in our laboratory 1. SO2 2. NOx 3. H2S* 4. CO

282

Page 283: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/1802201596...Executive Summary & Conclusion 261-272 11 Disclosure of Consultants 273-283 6 PART - A

Occupational Health* 1. Height 2. Weight 3. Forced vital capacity 4. Forced expiratory volume 5. Temperature 6. Peak expiratory flow rate 7. Carboxyheamoglobin 8. CTBT

Parameters marked * are not covered under NABL Accreditation.

283